WO2021185270A1 - Display device - Google Patents

Display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021185270A1
WO2021185270A1 PCT/CN2021/081261 CN2021081261W WO2021185270A1 WO 2021185270 A1 WO2021185270 A1 WO 2021185270A1 CN 2021081261 W CN2021081261 W CN 2021081261W WO 2021185270 A1 WO2021185270 A1 WO 2021185270A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
display panel
diffuser
light
display
display area
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/081261
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石磊
王汉永
潘光翔
唐志强
陈宇
魏长春
Original Assignee
海信视像科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202020331016.1U external-priority patent/CN211741785U/en
Priority claimed from CN202010246022.1A external-priority patent/CN111413825A/en
Priority claimed from CN202120353964.XU external-priority patent/CN214098025U/en
Priority claimed from CN202120353579.5U external-priority patent/CN214098023U/en
Priority claimed from CN202110172717.4A external-priority patent/CN114911091B/en
Application filed by 海信视像科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 海信视像科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2021185270A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021185270A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of display technology, and in particular to a display device.
  • Liquid crystal display devices are one of the main types of display devices, which are widely used in various electronic devices.
  • the narrow-frame LCD design has become the development trend of the LCD with its simple and stylish appearance, and the width of the BM (Black Matrix) area of the non-display area (also the black border area) of the LCD panel gradually narrows. Due to the narrowing of the BM area, how to assemble a liquid crystal panel with a narrow BM area is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the purpose of the present application is to provide a display device that realizes the assembly of the display panel in the small BM area of the display device.
  • the present application provides a display device.
  • the display device includes: a display panel whose front surface is used for displaying images, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area; and a transparent glue line , Which is attached to the back of the non-display area along the periphery of the display panel, so that the non-display area is adhered to the diffuser or back plate assembly; and a light-shielding glue line along the transparent glue line
  • the extension direction of the transparent glue line is attached to the outside of the transparent glue line.
  • the light-shielding glue line can block the light emitted from the transparent glue line and can assist the transparent glue line to bond the non-display area to On the diffuser or back plate assembly.
  • a transparent glue line is used to cooperate with a light-shielding glue line.
  • the transparent glue line is close to the display area of the display panel and does not affect the display performance of the display panel; the transparent glue line functions as a dam and can avoid shading
  • the glue line penetrates into the display area; the light-shielding glue line is located outside the transparent glue line, which plays a role of shading, can effectively reduce the risk of light transmission of the display device, and realize the assembly of a small BM display panel.
  • the present application also provides a display device, including: a display panel, the front of which is used to display images, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area; an optical film, which is arranged on the display panel The back side of the optical film, and the outer boundary of the optical film is located between the inner boundary and the outer boundary of the non-display area; a diffuser plate, which is attached to the back side of the optical film, and the diffuser The outer boundary exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film; and a transparent glue line, which is located on the outer side of the optical film and is attached between the non-display area and the diffusion plate.
  • the optical film, the diffuser plate, and the display panel are used in cooperation, and the outer boundary of the optical film extends beyond the display area of the display panel, and is located between the inner and outer boundaries of the non-display area, and diffuses at the same time.
  • the outer boundary of the board exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film, so it can effectively replace the light guide to play the role of astigmatism, solve the shadow problem of the display surface boundary, and then optimize the bonding structure of the display panel, simplify the production process, and reduce production. cost.
  • the transparent glue line can bond and fix the display panel on the diffuser, effectively solving the problem of bonding reliability of the display panel caused by the delamination problem of the optical film, and the transparent glue line can transmit light and can also play To a certain degree of astigmatism, it assists in solving the shadow problem at the boundary of the display area.
  • the present application also provides a display device. Since a diffuser plate that homogenizes the light emitted by the light guide plate is provided above the light guide plate, the dark band phenomenon in the display area can be reduced. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • the diffuser plate is supported on the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame, so that the support of the diffuser plate can be realized with a simple structure.
  • the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame is provided with a reflective surface.
  • the utilization rate of the light at the junction of the light guide plate and the extension part can reduce the dark band phenomenon in the display area. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • the inner edge of the extension portion can block the light emitted from the outer edge of the upper surface of the light guide plate to avoid bright edges in the display area of the display panel.
  • the extension part Even if the extension part enters the area corresponding to the display area, because the extension part is provided with a reflective surface, the utilization rate of the light at the junction of the light guide plate and the extension part can be increased, and a diffuser is provided above the light guide plate, so For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • the reflective surface is the inner end surface of the extension portion, which makes the reflective surface easy to process and simple in structure.
  • the reflecting surface is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of light from the light guide plate into the diffuser plate.
  • the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate and the lower surface of the diffuser plate is also set to be larger. In this way, the air layer located between the light guide plate and the diffuser can better mix and homogenize the light reflected from the side end of the extension, even if the extension enters the display area more, No dark band defects will appear in the display area.
  • the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension on the display panel and the outer edge of the display area is D2
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate and the lower surface of the diffuser is OD2, which satisfies 0.5OD2 ⁇ D2 ⁇ 2OD2. Simulations and actual tests have confirmed that the display effect of the display area is the best when the relationship is satisfied.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the extension portion on the display panel is located inside the outer edge of the display area. That is, the projection of the upper end surface of the extension on the display panel and the display area overlap. Since the reflective surface provided at the side end of the extension can eliminate the dark band of the display area, the upper end surface of the extension can also enter the area corresponding to the display area.
  • the inner edge of the extension part in the projection of the extension part and the light guide plate on the display panel, is located inside the outer edge of the light guide plate. In this way, the extension part can block the light emitted from the outer edge of the diffuser. Avoid bright edges in the display area of the display panel.
  • the extension part will also enter the area corresponding to the display area. Since the extension part is provided with a reflective surface, the utilization rate of the light at the junction of the light guide plate and the extension part can be increased. Therefore, for a display panel with a very narrow BM area, The display effect is also better.
  • the diffuser plate is a rigid diffuser plate, so that every part of the diffuser plate has the same distance from the light guide plate, so that the light is softer and more uniform; the reflective surface is coated with reflective material to make the reflective surface The reflection effect is better.
  • the present application also provides a display panel with a light source located in a light mixing cavity, which includes a backplane assembly with an extension part that extends below the display area of the display panel. Since the extension part is provided with a reflective surface, the reflective surface is used for In order to reflect the light emitted from the part of the diffuser inside the extension to the display panel, the utilization rate of the light at the interface between the diffuser and the display panel can be increased, and the dark band phenomenon in the display area can be reduced. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • the display panel is supported on the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame, so that the support of the display panel can be realized with a simple structure.
  • the reflective surface is the inner end surface of the extension portion, which makes the reflective surface easy to process and simple in structure.
  • the reflecting surface is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of light from the diffuser into the display panel.
  • the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel is also set to be larger. In this way, the air layer located between the diffuser and the display panel can better mix and homogenize the light reflected from the side end of the extension, even if the extension enters the display area more, it will not Dark band defects will appear in the display area.
  • the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension on the display panel and the outer edge of the display area is D1
  • the vertical distance between the surface of the diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel is OD1 which satisfies 0.5OD1 ⁇ D1 ⁇ 2OD1. Simulations and actual tests have confirmed that the display effect of the display area is the best when the relationship is satisfied.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the extension portion on the display panel is located inside the outer edge of the display area. That is, the projection of the upper end surface of the extension on the display panel and the display area overlap. Since the reflective surface provided at the side end of the extension can eliminate the dark band of the display area, the upper end surface of the extension can also enter the area corresponding to the display area.
  • the reflective surface is of light color such as white or silver, so that the reflective effect of the reflective surface can be better.
  • the reflective surface is coated with a reflective material, so that the reflective surface has a better reflection effect.
  • the display panel is a rigid layer. This can prevent the display panel from collapsing downwards and affect the air layer mixing and uniform light effects.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the extension portion on the display panel is located 0.7mm to 1.5mm inside the outer edge of the display area. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel is the best.
  • the present application provides a display device, which includes:
  • a display panel for displaying images including a front surface for display and a back surface opposite to the front surface, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located around the display area;
  • the diffuser is located on the back side of the display panel, and the side of the diffuser extends outward relative to the side of the same side of the display panel;
  • the back plate is used to support the diffuser plate.
  • the back plate includes a connecting surface, and the connecting surface is bonded and fixed to the side of the diffuser plate.
  • the present application provides a display device, which includes:
  • a display panel for displaying images including a front surface for display and a back surface opposite to the front surface, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located around the display area;
  • the diffuser is located on the back side of the display panel, and the side of the diffuser extends outward relative to the side of the same side of the display panel;
  • the middle frame is used to support the diffuser plate.
  • the middle frame includes a connecting surface, and the connecting surface is bonded and fixed to the side of the diffuser plate.
  • the diffusion plate and the connecting surface are connected by a sealant, and the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant does not exceed the inner boundary of the non-display area of the display panel.
  • the display device further includes: an optical film, the optical film being located between the display panel and the diffusion plate;
  • the display panel and the optical film and between the optical film and the diffuser are bonded and fixed.
  • the entire surface between the display panel and the optical film and between the optical film and the diffuser is covered with a transparent optical adhesive layer, so as to connect the display panel, the optical film and the diffuser through the transparent optical adhesive layer. plate.
  • the backplane includes:
  • the main body is located in the middle of the back plate, and there is a distance between the main body and the diffuser;
  • the frame part is connected to the edge of the main body part for connecting with the diffuser, and the connecting surface is located at the frame part.
  • the main body part and the frame part are integrally formed, or the main body part and the frame part are connected by a connector.
  • the protruding length of the side edge of the diffuser plate to the side edge of the display panel ranges from 0 to 1 mm.
  • the side edge of the optical film is located in the non-display area of the display panel.
  • the sides of the display panel, the optical film and the diffusion plate are coated with side sealant.
  • the side edge of the back plate is flush with the side edge of the diffuser plate; or, the side edge of the back plate extends to the outside of the side edge of the diffuser plate.
  • the display device provided by the present application includes a display panel and a backlight module.
  • the backlight module is located on the back of the display panel to provide sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources for the display panel; the backlight module includes a diffuser arranged on the back of the display panel
  • the back plate is located at the bottom of the backlight module as the support of the entire backlight module, and the diffuser plate is located above the back plate, which is used to homogenize the light source provided by the backlight module; among them, the diffuser plate and the back plate side
  • the connecting surfaces of the edges are glued and connected, and the side of the diffuser extends to the outside of the side of the display panel, so that the distance between the edge of the diffuser and the boundary between the non-display area of the display panel and the display area is relatively large, that is,
  • the edge of the diffuser has a larger width
  • the connecting surface between the edge of the diffuser and the edge of the back plate has a larger overlap area, which increases the width of the glue area between the edge
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of a display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the back plate 24 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the backplane assembly 20 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the back plate 24 and the middle frame 22 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 7 is a partial enlarged schematic diagram of part B of Fig. 6;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display device 100 in another direction according to the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of light path analysis of the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of optical path analysis of a display device 300 provided as a comparative example
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of a display device 200 of another structure provided in the second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the display device provided in this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a partial structural diagram of a display device provided by some embodiments of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of a display device provided by some embodiments of the application.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing solution of a display panel in the related art, in which the display panel is fixed on the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly;
  • 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another fixing solution of the display panel in the related art, in which the display panel is fixed on the optical film;
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a display device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the enlarged structure of the layout of FIG. 17;
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure of area A in FIG. 18;
  • 20 is a schematic diagram of a second bonding structure of the display panel of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a third bonding structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 22 is a schematic diagram of a fourth bonding structure of the display panel of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a fifth bonding structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a sixth bonding structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a diffuser plate and an optical film according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the present application, “multiple” means two or more than two, unless otherwise specifically defined.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited.
  • it can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection.
  • Connected or integrally connected it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, and it can be the internal communication between two components.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited.
  • it can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection.
  • Connected or integrally connected it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, and it can be the internal communication between two components.
  • the specific meanings of the above terms in this application can be understood under specific circumstances.
  • the liquid crystal display device includes: a backlight module, a liquid crystal display panel, and a driving circuit.
  • the liquid crystal display panel itself does not emit light and needs to rely on the light source provided by the backlight module to achieve brightness display.
  • the imaging principle of the liquid crystal display device is to place the liquid crystal between two pieces of conductive glass, driven by the electric field between the two electrodes, causing the liquid crystal molecules to twist the nematic electric field effect, so as to control the transmission or shielding function of the backlight module. Display the image. If color filters are added, color images can be displayed.
  • the display panel includes a display area and a black matrix (BM) surrounding the display area.
  • the backlight module usually includes structural elements that extend into the display area of the display panel when viewed from above. The portions of these structural elements that extend into the display area will cause defects such as dark shadows in the display area. Generally, in order not to affect the normal display of the display panel, these structural elements that extend into the display area are covered directly under the black border area of the display panel.
  • the present application provides a display device. Since the backlight module can be divided into an edge-type backlight module and a direct-type backlight module according to the position of the light source, the following two situations will be described respectively.
  • the display device 100 adopts an edge-lit backlight module 10.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of the display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • the display device 100 includes a backlight module 10 and a display panel 40, and the backlight module 10 is used to provide a backlight source to the display panel 40.
  • the backlight module 10 includes a back plate assembly 20 and at least two layers of optical film materials.
  • the at least two layers of optical film materials may include a reflective sheet 41, a light guide plate 46, a diffuser plate 27, and the like.
  • the diffuser 27 specifically refers to a layer that plays a role of uniform light and scattering of light.
  • the backlight module 10 includes a supporting back plate assembly 20, a reflective sheet 41, a light guide plate 46, a diffuser plate 27, an optical film 47, and a The light source 42 and the heat sink 49 on one side of the back plate assembly 20.
  • the display panel 40 is used to display images, and includes a display area 43 and a black matrix area 44 (Black Matrix, BM area) surrounding the outside of the display area 43.
  • the outer edge of the display area 43 is shown by the dashed frame A shown in FIG. 1.
  • circuit board 45 is also provided on one side of the display panel 40, and the entire display panel 40 can be driven and displayed through the circuit board 45.
  • the display device 100 includes a sky side T, a left side Z, a right side Y, and a ground side D, where the sky side T and the ground side D are opposite, and the left side Z and the right side Y are opposite.
  • the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 100 is also referred to as upper.
  • the light source 42 is used to generate light.
  • the light source 42 is generally located on the ground side D of the display device 100, and can also be located on other sides of the display device 100 as required.
  • the light source 42 is generally provided in the form of a light bar, including a circuit substrate and a plurality of LED lights on the circuit substrate. The light emitted by the light source 42 enters from one side of the light guide plate 46.
  • the reflective sheet 41 is used to reflect light to the light emitting direction, which facilitates the uniform distribution of the light emitted by the light source 42.
  • the reflective sheet 41 is generally located on the back of the light guide plate 46.
  • the reflective sheet 41 is generally divided into two types: silver reflective sheet and white reflective sheet.
  • the silver reflective sheet is coated with a high-conductivity metal film on the surface of the PET substrate.
  • the white reflective sheet is generally a PET substrate sandwiched with high refractive index TiO2. form.
  • the light guide plate 46 includes a light entrance side and a light exit side.
  • the light source 42 is located on the light entrance side of the light guide plate 46, and the light entering from the light guide plate 46 is emitted from the light exit side of the light guide plate 46 by the refraction and total reflection of the light guide plate 46. This converts the linear light source into a surface light source, and the light emitting side is in the direction indicated by the C arrow in FIG. 1.
  • the reflective sheet 41 is located on the side of the light guide plate 46 opposite to the light emitting side.
  • the material of the light guide plate 46 is glass, PMMA (Poly Methyl Meth-acrylate, commonly known as Acrylics) or PC (Polycarbonate, polycarbonate).
  • the optical film 47 and the optical film 47 are located on the light exit side of the diffuser plate 27 and can homogenize the light emitted by the diffuser plate 27.
  • the optical film 47 may include one or more films, including at least one of a diffusion film, a prism film, and a brightness enhancement film.
  • the diffuser mainly functions to shield the dots of the light guide plate 46 or the microstructure of the diffuser body 27, enhance the brightness of the emitted light, improve the brightness uniformity, and improve the viewing angle.
  • the base material of the diffusion sheet is generally PET.
  • the diffuser can be divided into a lower diffuser and an upper diffuser.
  • the lower diffuser is close to the light guide plate 46, and its high haze can effectively shield the dots of the light guide plate 46.
  • the upper diffuser is generally between the prism film and the lower polarizer of the liquid crystal cell, and its main function is to prevent the prism film from generating moiré or Newton rings, and increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light. Increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light.
  • the front case 48 is also called a front frame, and is located at an end of the ground side D of the display panel 40 for shielding the circuit board 45 located at the end D of the ground side of the display panel 40.
  • the end portions of the display panel 40, the back plate assembly 20, the reflective sheet 41, the light guide plate 46, and the optical film 47 in the display device 100 are also located on the sky side T, the left side Z, the right side Y, and the ground, respectively.
  • Side D Side D.
  • the above-mentioned layers of optical film materials and the display panel 40 may be sequentially supported in the accommodating space formed by the backplane assembly 20 in the vertical direction.
  • the up-down direction in this application refers to the thickness direction of the display device.
  • the back plate assembly 20 is used to fix the light guide plate 46, the light source 42, the diffuser plate 27, the display panel 40, and the like.
  • the light guide plate 46, the diffuser plate 27, and the display panel 40 can be sequentially fixed in the accommodation space formed by the back plate assembly 20 from bottom to top, wherein the diffuser plate 27 is located above the light guide plate 46.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 in the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the back plate 24 in the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application.
  • the first embodiment of the application provides a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the backplane assembly 20 in the display device 100.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the back plate 24 and the middle frame 22 in the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a partial enlarged schematic diagram of the B component in FIG. A schematic cross-sectional view of the device 100 in another direction.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of light path analysis of the display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of light path analysis of the display device provided as a comparative example.
  • the backplane assembly 20 includes a middle frame 22 located on the side of the light guide plate 46, and in some other examples, it also includes glue located on the side of the light guide plate 46.
  • the frame 21, and at least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 has an extension part that extends between the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46.
  • the display area 43 corresponds to the area. For example, the orthographic projection of the extension on the display panel and the display area 43 have an overlapping area.
  • the extension part enters below the display area 43 of the display panel 40, since the diffuser 27 that homogenizes the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 is provided above the light guide plate 46, the dark band phenomenon in the display area can be reduced. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • a diffuser plate is generally not arranged above the light guide plate.
  • a diffuser plate is specially added in this application. , To achieve a better effect of eliminating dark bands.
  • the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 specifically refers to the three cases: the middle frame 22; or, the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21; or, the plastic frame 21.
  • At least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 has an extension, including the following three situations:
  • Both the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 have extensions.
  • the diffuser is supported on the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame, which specifically means that the diffuser is supported on the middle frame, or supported by the plastic frame, or supported at the same time.
  • the diffuser is supported on the middle frame, or supported by the plastic frame, or supported at the same time.
  • an extension part is provided on both the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 as an example for description.
  • the extension part is provided only on the middle frame 22 and the extension part is provided only on the plastic frame 21
  • the method for reducing the dark bands and bright edges in the display area is similar to this, and will not be repeated here.
  • the back plate assembly 20 further includes a back plate 24, and both the middle frame 22 and the rubber frame 21 can be arranged on the back plate 24.
  • the back plate 24 may be a plate-shaped member
  • the middle frame 22 may be a frame-shaped member
  • the plastic frame 21 may be a strip-shaped member.
  • the middle frame 22 may extend along the extension direction of the entire peripheral edge of the light guide plate 46. However, the present application is not limited to this. In FIG. 3, an example that extends along the sky side T, the left side Z, and the right side Y of the light guide plate 46 is illustrated. Alternatively, the middle frame 22 may also extend along the sky side T of the light guide plate 46, along the left side Z and the right side Y of the light guide plate 46.
  • the middle frame 22 may be disposed on one side surface of the back plate 24 and extend along the direction of the sky side T, the left side Z, and the right side Y of the display device.
  • the plastic frame 21 and the middle frame 22 can be fixed on the same surface of the back plate 24, and the plastic frame 21 extends along the ground side D direction of the display device.
  • the middle frame 22 and the rubber frame 21 may be integrally formed with the back plate 24, or may be formed separately from the back plate 24.
  • the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 and the back plate 24 are formed separately, the middle frame 22, the plastic frame 21 and the back plate 24 can be fixed by screws or other fasteners, or the size of the middle frame 22 along the left Z direction In a smaller case, the middle frame 22 can be fixed to the back plate 24 by bonding.
  • the middle frame 22 includes a middle frame side wall 223, a first lateral wall 221 and a second lateral wall 222.
  • the first transverse wall 211 is formed as an extension on the aforementioned middle frame 22.
  • the side wall 223 of the middle frame may be arranged outside the side end of the light guide plate 46 to achieve the purpose of shielding the light guide plate 46 from light.
  • the first horizontal wall 221 extends from the middle of the middle frame side wall 223 along the extension direction of the display panel 40 toward the inner side of the display device.
  • the inner side of the display device refers to the direction from the edge side of the display panel 40 toward the center of the display panel 40
  • the outer side of the display device refers to the direction from the center of the display panel 40 to the edge side of the display panel 40.
  • the first transverse wall 221 is formed as an extension on the middle frame 22 for carrying the diffuser plate 27 and at the same time for carrying the optical film 47 attached to the upper surface of the diffuser plate 27.
  • the first horizontal wall 221 may extend along the extension direction of at least part of the side end of the light guide plate 46.
  • the first horizontal wall 221 may extend along the sky side of the light guide plate 46.
  • T, left Z and right Y extend.
  • the second horizontal wall 222 protrudes from the lower end of the middle frame side wall 223 toward the inner side along the extending direction of the display panel 40.
  • the second transverse wall 222 can be fixed to the edge of the lower surface of the back plate 24 to fix the middle frame 22 and the back plate 24 together.
  • the second transverse wall 222 may extend along the extension direction of the sky side T, the left side Z, and the right side Y of the back plate 24. In some other examples, the second transverse wall 222 may also be formed intermittently or only partially, as long as the purpose of fixing the back plate 24 and the middle frame 22 can be achieved.
  • the plastic frame 21 fixed on the side D of the back plate 24 may include a plastic frame side wall 212 and a third lateral wall 211, and the third lateral wall 211 may be from the plastic frame side
  • the middle area of the wall 212 protrudes toward the inside, and the third transverse wall 211 here is formed as an extension on the aforementioned plastic frame 21.
  • the third horizontal wall 211 is used to fix the ground D portion of the diffuser plate 27.
  • the sky-side end, left-side end, and right-side end of the diffuser plate 27 are fixed to the first horizontal wall 221 of the middle frame 22, and the ground-side end of the diffuser plate 27 is fixed to the plastic frame 21 On the third transverse wall 211.
  • the first lateral wall 221 and the third lateral wall 211 may be combined with each other in the top view direction of the display device, thereby forming a closed ring shape.
  • the extension range of the middle frame 22 and the first transverse wall 221 can be from the sky side T and the left side of the back plate 24.
  • the installation process of the back plate 24, the middle frame 22, the plastic frame 21, the light guide plate 46 and other components can be as follows: first fix the middle frame 22 to the back plate 24 to form a semi-closed cavity 614 , The light guide plate 46 attached with the reflective sheet 41 is slid into the semi-enclosed cavity 614 by drawing, and then the light bar and the radiator (not shown) are assembled, and then the plastic frame 21 is installed in the back plate 24 of the ground side D.
  • the inner edge of the extension extends between the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46
  • the area directly facing the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46 specifically refers to the area where the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46 are viewed from above. The area that overlaps between.
  • the first horizontal wall 221 and the light guide plate 46 of the middle frame 22 are orthographically projected to the plane where the display panel 40 is located, and the inner edge E of the projection of the first horizontal wall 221 is located at the outer edge of the display area 43 Inside F, the inner edge of the projection of the first horizontal wall 221 is located inside the outer edge G of the projection of the light guide plate 46.
  • the third horizontal wall 211 and the light guide plate 46 of the plastic frame 21 are orthographically projected to the display panel 40, the inner edge J of the projection of the third horizontal wall 211 is located inside the outer edge F of the display area 43, and the third horizontal wall The inner edge J of the projection of 211 is located inside the outer edge G of the projection of the light guide plate 46.
  • the above-mentioned extension of the middle frame 22 and the extension of the plastic frame 1 are the first transverse wall 221 and the third transverse wall 211, respectively. Therefore, the inner edge of the projection of the extension is located inside the outer edge F of the display area 43, and the projection of the extension is The inner edge J of the light guide plate 46 is located inside the projected outer edge G of the light guide plate 46.
  • the inner end of the extension portion is provided with a reflective surface, and the reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the light guide plate 46 close to the reflective surface to the diffuser plate 27.
  • extension part can refer to the extension part on the middle frame, or the extension part on the middle frame and the plastic frame, or only the plastic frame.
  • the extension can refer to the extension part on the middle frame, or the extension part on the middle frame and the plastic frame, or only the plastic frame.
  • the extension portion of at least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 is provided with a reflective surface, and the reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the light guide plate 46 located inside the extension portion to the diffuser 27.
  • a first reflective surface 30 is provided on the first horizontal wall 221 on the middle frame 22, and the first reflective surface 30 is used to emit light from the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the first horizontal wall 221 Reflected to the diffuser 27.
  • the third horizontal wall 211 on the plastic frame 21 is provided with a third reflective surface 31, and the third reflective surface 31 is used to emit the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the third reflective surface 31 The light is reflected to the diffuser 27.
  • the middle frame 22 is provided with an extension, since there is a first reflecting surface 30 between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27, the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the first horizontal wall 221 can be emitted. The light is reflected to the diffuser 27.
  • the light guide plate 46 can be positioned inside the third horizontal wall 211 Part of the emitted light is reflected to the diffuser 27.
  • the reflective surface may be a concave surface or a curved surface of other shapes, as long as the light emitted from the part of the light guide plate 46 close to the reflective surface can be reflected to the diffuser 27.
  • the reflective surface may also be an inclined surface.
  • the first reflective surface 30 is the inner end surface of the first horizontal wall 221, and the inner end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward.
  • the first reflective surface can be easily processed and has a simple structure.
  • the first reflective surface 30 is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of the light from the light guide plate 46 into the diffuser plate 27.
  • the included angle ⁇ between the first reflective surface 30 and the light guide plate 46 ranges from 0° to 90°.
  • the first reflective surface 30 can reflect the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 close to the first reflective surface 30 to the diffuser 27, the light at the junction of the light guide plate 46 and the first horizontal wall 221 is increased.
  • the utilization rate of improves the brightness at the position, and therefore can avoid defects such as dark bands in the display area 43 of the display panel 40.
  • the area of the upper end surface 224 of the first transverse wall entering the display area 43 is smaller than the area of the lower end surface 225 entering the display area 43 of the first transverse wall, and the portion of the first transverse wall 221 entering the display area 43 gradually becomes lower. increase.
  • the display device 100 shown in FIG. 9 when viewed from above, in the part of the first horizontal wall 221 that enters the display area 43, the upper part of the first horizontal wall 221 is closer to the display panel 40.
  • the reflective surface 30 is set as an inclined surface inclined toward the outside, and the portion of the first horizontal wall 221 that enters the display area 43 gradually decreases from bottom to top.
  • the problem of dark bands appearing in the display area 43 can be well alleviated.
  • the structure of the first reflective surface 30 will prevent the display area 43 from being dark. With defects. Therefore, for the display panel 40 with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the first horizontal wall 221 on the display panel 40 may also be Located inside the outer edge of the display area 43.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the first lateral wall 221 on the display panel 40 is located inside the outer edge of the display area 43 at a distance D3 ranging from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel 40 is the best.
  • the first reflective surface 30 is in a light color such as white or silver, so that the reflection effect of the first reflective surface 30 can be better. It is understandable that the reflective surface 30 can also be coated with a reflective material, so that the reflective surface 30 has a better reflection effect.
  • the air layer located between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27 can also mix and homogenize the light when certain conditions are reached, and further reduce the amount of light in the display area 43. Dark band. Different from the trend of thinning the display device 100 as much as possible in the prior art, the present application can better overcome the problem of the dark band defect in the extremely narrow BM display device 100 at the expense of a certain thickness.
  • the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension portion (first lateral wall 221) on the display panel 40 and the outer edge of the display area 43 is D2, the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 The vertical distance between them is OD2, which needs to satisfy 0.5OD2 ⁇ D2 ⁇ 2OD2. When this relationship is satisfied, the dark band defects in the display area 43 can be effectively reduced.
  • the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is also set to be larger.
  • the air layer located between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27 can better reflect the light from the side ends of the extension. Ground mixing and uniform light effect.
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27, that is, the light mixing distance OD2 is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area 43.
  • the above setting of the thickness of the air layer that is, the light mixing distance is applicable to the case where the end of the extension portion is not provided with the first reflective surface 30, and it is also applicable to the case where the end of the extension portion is provided with the first reflective surface 30.
  • the dark band defect in the display panel 40 can be eliminated, and the dark band elimination effect of the solution with the first reflective surface 30 is better.
  • the hardness and rigidity of the diffuser plate 27 located above the light guide plate 46 will also affect the effect of removing the dark band in the display area 43.
  • the optical film 301 that performs the light homogenization function is a flexible member made of a flexible material
  • the optical film material 301 may collapse in the inward area at the position close to the end of the extension structure 23 (the figure shows a more severe collapse, and the actual collapse is different according to the degree of flexibility of the material)
  • the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 will directly enter the optical film 301, especially for the part of the light guide plate 46 at the junction with the extension structure 23, the light emitted through this part of the light guide plate 46 has a small thickness.
  • the air layer directly enters the optical film 301, which weakens the dark band reduction effect played by the first reflective surface 30 and the air layer, and weakens the effect of eliminating the dark band.
  • the diffuser plate 27 is a rigid layer, which can prevent the diffuser plate 27 from collapsing downward, which affects the light mixing and uniform light effect of the air layer, and is specifically a glass diffuser plate.
  • optical film 47 may be a rigid optical film 47.
  • the third horizontal wall 211 on the plastic frame 21 is provided with a third reflection surface 31, and the third reflection surface 31 is used to reflect the light emitted from the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the third horizontal wall 211 to the diffuser 27.
  • the third reflective surface 31 is the inner end surface of the third transverse wall 211, and the inner end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward.
  • the third reflective surface 31 can be easily processed and has a simple structure.
  • the third reflective surface 31 is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of the light from the light guide plate 46 into the diffuser plate 27.
  • the angle between the third reflective surface 31 and the light guide plate 46 may range from 0° to 90°.
  • the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 When the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 is irradiated on the third reflective surface 31, it is reflected at the position of the third reflective surface 31 and is incident on the diffuser plate 27. The light incident on the diffuser plate 27 undergoes scattering and uniformity. After being converted, it is incident on the display panel 40 again.
  • the third reflective surface 31 provided at the side end of the extension portion can eliminate the dark band of the display area 43
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 211 on the display panel 40 It may also be located inside the outer edge of the display area 43.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 211 on the display panel 40 is located inside the outer edge of the display area 43 at a distance D3 ′ ranging from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm.
  • the third reflective surface 31 is in a light color system such as white or silver, and the third reflective surface 31 may also be coated with a reflective material.
  • the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension (third lateral wall 211) on the display panel 40 and the outer edge of the display area 43 is D2', and the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is OD2 , Need to meet 0.5OD2 ⁇ D2' ⁇ 2OD2.
  • the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is also set to be larger.
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27, that is, the light mixing distance OD2 is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can further effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area 43.
  • the above setting of the air layer thickness that is, the light mixing distance
  • the dark band defect in the display panel 40 can be eliminated, and the dark band elimination effect of the solution with the third reflective surface 31 is better.
  • the diffuser plate 27 is a rigid layer.
  • optical film 47 may be a rigid optical film 47.
  • This embodiment is similar to the first embodiment, except that the display device 200 of this embodiment uses a direct type backlight module 50.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of a display device 200 of another structure provided by the second embodiment of the present application.
  • the display device 200 includes a backlight module 50 and a display panel 40.
  • the backlight module 50 is used to display the display panel Provide backlight.
  • the backlight module 50 may include a back plate assembly 60 and at least two layers of optical film materials.
  • the optical film materials may include: a reflective sheet 55, a diffusion plate 52, and the like.
  • the diffuser 52 specifically refers to a layer that plays a role of uniform light and scattering of light.
  • an optical film 51 attached to the upper surface of the diffuser plate 52 is also included.
  • the backlight module 50 may include a supporting back plate assembly 60, a reflective sheet 55, a light source 53, a pillar 54, a diffusion plate 52, and a display Panel 40 and so on.
  • the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 200 is also above the display device 200.
  • the display panel 40 is used to display an image, and includes a display area and a black border area 44 (Black Matrix, BM area) surrounding the outside of the display area.
  • the outer edge of the display area 40 is shown as N in FIG. 11.
  • a circuit board is also provided on one side of the display panel 40, and the entire display panel 40 can be driven and displayed through the circuit board.
  • the display device 200 includes a sky side, a left side, a right side, and a ground side, where the sky side and the ground side are opposite, and the left side and the right side are opposite (not shown).
  • the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 200 is also referred to as upper.
  • the reflective sheet 55 is used to reflect light to the light exit direction, which is beneficial to the uniform distribution of the light emitted by the light source 53.
  • the reflective sheet 55 has a concave portion formed in the middle, and a cavity is formed between the concave portion and the diffuser 52, which is called a light mixing cavity 56.
  • the reflector 55 is generally divided into two types: silver reflector and white reflector.
  • the silver reflector is coated with a high-conductivity metal film on the surface of the PET substrate.
  • the white reflector is generally a PET substrate sandwiched with high refractive index TiO2. form.
  • the diffuser plate converts the point light source or the line light source array into a surface light source.
  • the main function of the diffuser is to fully scatter and homogenize the incident light, and has a good shielding effect on the lamp shadow, so that the light source is softer and more uniform.
  • the surface of the diffuser plate can be integrated with other optical films, such as prism sheets.
  • the pillars 54 are distributed in the light mixing cavity 56 formed by the diffusion plate 52 and the reflective sheet 55, and are used to support the diaphragm.
  • the light source 53 is used to generate light.
  • the light source 53 and the pillar 54 are located in the light mixing cavity 56 together.
  • the light sources 53 are generally dot-shaped, and are spaced apart from each other in the light mixing cavity 56. The light emitted from the light source 53 enters from the lower side of the diffusion plate 52.
  • the optical film 51 which is located on the light exit side of the diffuser plate 52, is used to homogenize the light emitted from the diffuser plate 51.
  • the optical film 51 may include one or more films, for example, may include at least one of a diffusion sheet, a prism film, and a brightness enhancement film.
  • the diffuser mainly plays the role of shielding the microstructure of the diffuser, improving the brightness of the emitted light, improving the brightness uniformity and improving the viewing angle.
  • the base material of the diffusion sheet is generally PET.
  • the diffuser can be divided into a lower diffuser and an upper diffuser.
  • the lower diffuser is close to the diffuser, and its high haze can effectively shield the dots of the light guide plate.
  • the upper diffuser is generally between the prism film and the lower polarizer of the liquid crystal cell, and its main function is to prevent the prism film from generating moiré or Newton rings, and increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light. Increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light.
  • the front case 48 is also called a front frame, which is located at the ground side end of the display panel 40 and is used to shield the circuit board located at the ground side end of the display panel 40.
  • the end portions of the display panel 40, the back plate assembly 60, the reflection sheet 55, and the diffusion plate 52 in the display device 200 are also located on the sky side, the left side, the right side, and the ground side, respectively.
  • the back plate assembly 60 can be used to fix optical film materials such as the diffuser plate 52 and the light source 53 and the display panel 40 and the like.
  • the back plate assembly 60 may further include a back plate 69 and a middle frame and a plastic frame 61 arranged on the back plate 69, and the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 are arranged on the side of the diffuser plate 52.
  • At least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 has an extension that extends between the display area 43 of the display panel 40 and the diffuser 52 plate.
  • both the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 have extensions extending toward the inside of the display device.
  • the extension part extends between the two layers of optical film materials and extends into the area corresponding to the display area 43 of the display panel 40.
  • the middle frame has an extension part extending toward the inner side of the display device.
  • the plastic frame 61 has an extension part extending toward the inner side of the display device.
  • extension portion is used to fix the display panel 40, the extension portion may extend along the extension direction of at least a part of the side end of the diffuser plate 52, and the display panel 40 may be fixed on the extension portion.
  • the middle frame may be disposed on one side surface of the back plate 69 and extend along the sky, left, and right directions of the display device 200.
  • the plastic frame 61 can be fixed on the same surface of the back plate 69 as the middle frame, and the plastic frame 61 extends along the ground side direction of the display device 200.
  • the middle frame and the rubber frame 61 may be integrally formed with the back plate 69, or may be formed separately from the back plate 69.
  • the middle frame and plastic frame 61 and the back plate 69 can be fixed by fasteners such as screws, or in the case where the size of the middle frame along the left side is small Bottom, the middle frame can be fixed to the back plate 69 by bonding.
  • the back plate 69 is a cylindrical member with a concave central part, and the middle frame is a frame-shaped member.
  • the middle frame includes a middle frame side wall and a fourth transverse wall.
  • the side walls of the middle frame may be arranged outside the side ends of the diffuser plate 52 to achieve the purpose of shading.
  • the fourth transverse wall protrudes from the middle of the side wall of the middle frame toward the inner side along the extending direction of the display panel 40, wherein the inner side refers to the direction from the edge side of the display panel toward the center of the display panel.
  • the fourth transverse wall may carry the display panel 40.
  • the fourth transverse wall may extend along the extension direction of at least part of the side end of the diffuser plate 52, for example, the fourth transverse wall extends along the sky side, the left side and the right side of the diffuser plate 52.
  • the plastic frame 61 of this embodiment is similar to the first embodiment. As shown in reference 11, the plastic frame 61 fixed on the ground side of the back plate 69 may include a plastic frame side wall 612 and a third horizontal wall 611. The third horizontal wall 611 may be removed from the plastic frame The middle area of the side wall 612 extends toward the inside, and the third horizontal wall 611 is used to fix the ground part of the display panel 40.
  • the sky side end, the left side end, and the right side end of the display panel 40 are fixed on the fourth horizontal wall of the middle frame, and the ground side end of the display panel 40 is fixed on the first side of the plastic frame 61
  • the extension on the middle frame is the fourth horizontal wall
  • the extension on the plastic frame 61 is the third horizontal wall 611.
  • the inner edge of the extension may extend into the area between the display area 43 of the display panel 40 and the diffusion plate 52. In the area, a dark band appears in the display area 43 of the display panel 40 accordingly.
  • the third horizontal wall 611 and the diffuser 52 of the plastic frame 61 are orthographically projected to the display panel 40, and the inner edge L of the projection of the third horizontal wall 611 is located at the outer edge N of the display area 43 On the inside, the inner edge L of the projection of the third horizontal wall 611 is located inside the outer edge M of the projection of the diffuser plate 52.
  • the fourth horizontal wall of the middle frame and the diffuser 52 are projected to the display panel.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the fourth horizontal wall is located inside the outer edge of the display area, and the inner edge of the projection of the fourth horizontal wall is located on the diffuser. 52 is the inside of the outer edge of the projection.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the extension is located inside the outer edge of the display area, and the inner edge of the projection of the extension is located inside the outer edge of the projection of the diffuser.
  • the extension portion of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 is provided with a reflective surface, and the reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser plate 52 located inside the extension portion to the display panel 40.
  • a fourth reflective surface is provided on the fourth lateral wall of the middle frame, and the fourth reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser plate 52 located inside the fourth lateral wall to the display panel 40; and/or,
  • a third reflective surface 33 is provided on the third lateral wall 611 of the plastic frame 61, and the third reflective surface 33 is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser plate 52 located inside the third lateral wall 611 to the display panel 40.
  • the reflective surface may be located at the inner end of the extension portion.
  • the third reflective surface 33 is formed on the inner end surface of the third horizontal wall 611, and the side end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward.
  • the fourth reflecting surface is formed on the inner end surface of the fourth lateral wall.
  • the third reflective surface 33 can be easily processed and has a simple structure.
  • the side end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of light from the diffuser plate 52 into the display panel 40.
  • the included angle ⁇ between the reflective surface and the diffusion plate 52 ranges from 0° to 90°.
  • the third reflective surface 611 is taken as an example to illustrate the arrangement of the reflective surface.
  • the parameter settings of the fourth reflecting surface and the third reflecting surface 611 are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the third reflective surface 33 can reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser 52 close to the third reflective surface 33 to the display panel, the light at the junction of the diffuser 52 and the third reflective surface 33 is increased.
  • the utilization rate of improves the brightness at the position, and therefore can avoid defects such as dark bands in the display area of the display panel.
  • the area of the upper end surface of the third lateral wall 611 (extension) that enters the display area 43 is smaller than the area of the lower end surface of the third lateral wall 611 that enters the display area 43, and the lower the third lateral wall 611 enters the display area The part of 43 gradually increased.
  • the upper part of the third horizontal wall 611 is closer to the display panel 40, the easier it is to display A dark band is generated on the area 43, and in the present application, the reflective surface 90 is set as an inclined surface inclined toward the outside, and the portion of the third horizontal wall 611 that enters the display area gradually decreases from bottom to top. The problem of dark bands appearing in the display area 43 can be well alleviated.
  • the structure of the third reflection surface 33 will prevent the display area 43 from being dark. With defects. Therefore, for a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 611 on the display panel 40 is also It can be located inside the outer edge of the display area.
  • the distance D3 of the inner edge L of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 611 on the display panel and located inside the outer edge N of the display area ranges from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel 40 is the best.
  • the reflective surface 90 is a light-colored bright surface such as white or silver, so that the reflective surface 90 can have a better reflection effect. It is understandable that the reflective surface 90 can also be coated with a reflective material, so that the reflective surface 90 has a better reflection effect.
  • the applicant’s research and experiments have found that the air layer located between the diffuser 52 and the display panel 40 can also mix and homogenize the light when certain conditions are reached, and further reduce the darkness in the display area. belt.
  • the present application can better overcome the problem of the dark band defect in the extremely narrow BM display device 200 at the expense of a certain thickness.
  • the maximum distance between the inner edge L of the projection of the extension portion, such as the third lateral wall 611 on the display panel 40, and the outer edge M of the display area 43 is D1
  • the upper surface of the diffuser 52 and the display panel 40 The vertical distance between the bottom surfaces is OD1, which needs to meet 0.5OD1 ⁇ D1 ⁇ 2OD1. Simulations and actual experiments have confirmed that the dark band defects in the display area can be effectively reduced when this relationship is satisfied.
  • the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is also set to be larger.
  • the air layer located between the diffuser 52 and the display panel can better protect the light reflected from the side ends of the extension. Light mixing and uniform light effect.
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the diffusion plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can further effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area.
  • the above setting of the air layer thickness that is, the light mixing distance
  • the air layer thickness is applicable to the case where the end of the extension part is not provided with a reflective surface
  • Both of the solutions can eliminate the dark band defect in the display panel, and the second solution has a better dark band elimination effect.
  • the diffuser plate 52 is a rigid layer, so that it can prevent the diffuser plate 52 from collapsing downward, which affects the light mixing and uniform light effect of the air layer.
  • the optical film 51 is a rigid optical film; or the diffuser 52 is a rigid diffuser, for example, a glass diffuser.
  • the upper end surface of the fourth horizontal wall is on the display panel 40
  • the inner edge of the projection can also be located inside the outer edge of the display area.
  • the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the fourth horizontal wall on the display panel is located inside the outer edge of the display area at a distance D3' ranging from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel 40 is the best.
  • the fourth reflective surface is a light-colored bright surface such as white or silver, and a reflective material can also be coated on the fourth reflective surface.
  • the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the fourth horizontal wall on the display panel 40 and the outer edge of the display area 43 is D1'
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the diffuser 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is OD1, which needs to meet 0.5OD1 ⁇ D1' ⁇ 2OD1.
  • the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is also set to be larger.
  • the air layer located between the diffuser 52 and the display panel can better protect the light reflected from the side ends of the extension. Light mixing and uniform light effect.
  • the vertical distance between the upper surface of the diffusion plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can further effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area.
  • the above setting of the thickness of the air layer that is, the light mixing distance is applicable to the case where the end of the fourth transverse wall is not provided with a fourth reflecting surface, and it is also applicable to the end of the fourth transverse wall with a fourth reflecting surface.
  • the dark band defect in the display panel can be eliminated, and the dark band elimination effect of the second scheme is better.
  • the diffuser plate 52 is a rigid layer, so that it can prevent the diffuser plate 52 from collapsing downward, which affects the light mixing and uniform light effect of the air layer.
  • optical film 51 is a rigid optical film; or the diffuser 52 is a rigid diffuser.
  • the vertical distance between the surface of the diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel can refer to the case where an optical film is attached to the diffuser plate.
  • the vertical distance between the optical film on the second-generation diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel, that is, the light mixing distance OD1 is because the thickness of the optical film is generally thin, and its thickness can be ignored.
  • the diaphragm and diffuser will not affect the effective display area of the liquid crystal panel.
  • the frame formed by the display device is only determined by the black matrix (BM) at the edge of the liquid crystal panel itself, so that the liquid crystal display achieves a narrow frame effect;
  • BM black matrix
  • the diffuser plate is connected to the back plate through the middle frame, and the diffuser plate and the middle frame are bonded and fixed by glue.
  • a diffuser bracket is supported between the diffuser plate and the back plate.
  • an optical film 200", a diffuser 300", and a back plate 400" are sequentially arranged below the display panel 100", and a middle frame 600" is connected to the edge of the back plate 400".
  • the board 300" and the back board 400" are connected by the middle frame 600".
  • the display panel 100", the optical film 200” and the diffuser 300" can be bonded and connected, which can ensure that the display panel 100", the optical film 200” and the diffuser 300" are firmly connected, and the display panel
  • the overall thickness after the connection of 100", optical film 200” and diffuser 300" is relatively thin.
  • the display panel 100", the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are attached as a whole.
  • the sides of the three can be further connected and fixed by the side sealant 500".
  • the optical film 200" and The diffusion plate 300" has no effect on the size of the display area 110" of the display panel 100", and can realize a narrow frame of the display device.
  • the sides of the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are located inside the sides of the display panel 100".
  • the sides of the display device can refer to the left and right sides of the display device. The side.
  • the sides of the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are inside the sides of the display panel 100", that is, the widths of the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are smaller than the width of the display panel 100", and the optical film 200"
  • the side of the diffuser plate 300" corresponds to the non-display area 120" of the display panel 100", so the optical film 200" and the diffuser plate 300" have no effect on the size of the display area 110" of the display panel 100".
  • the size of the display area 110" of the panel 100" is determined only by itself.
  • the display panel 100 has a display area 110" and a non-display area 120", the non-display area 120" is located at the edge of the display panel 100", and the non-display area 120" surrounds the display
  • the outer periphery of the area 110", the non-display area 120" corresponds to the area where the black matrix (BM) is arranged on the edge of the display panel 100".
  • the black matrix is used to prevent the display panel 100" from leaking light, but it forms a display panel because it does not transmit light 100" non-display area 120".
  • the width of the "frame” of the display panel 100 refers to the width of the non-display area 120" at the edge of the display panel 100". Since the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" do not affect the display panel 100" The size of the display area 110", the width of the "frame” of the display panel 100" only corresponds to the width of the black matrix area, and thus the "border narrowing" of the display panel 100" can be realized.
  • the frame of the display device can be narrowed, since the edge of the diffuser 300" is located inside the edge of the display panel 100", the width of the diffuser 300" is small, and the edge of the diffuser 300" reaches the display area 110 of the display panel 100" "The distance between the borders is too small.
  • the width of the non-display area 120" is smaller due to the narrow frame of the display panel 100.
  • the width of the glue area between the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600" is smaller than the width of the non-display area 120". This will cause the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600 to be smaller due to the smaller width of the glue area. "The bonding is not strong.
  • the glue area between the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600" is expanded to the display area 110" of the display panel 100", although the width of the glue area is increased, the diffuser 300" and the middle frame are increased.
  • the connection strength between 600 but because the glue area enters the display area 110" of the display panel 100", the glue will cover the edge of the display area 110", so the glue will affect the display effect of the display area 110" edge.
  • the present embodiment provides a display device to improve the connection strength between the diffuser and the back plate, and at the same time prevent the glue between the diffuser and the back plate from entering the display area of the display panel, thereby preventing the display of the display panel from being affected. Effect.
  • FIG. 13 is a partial structure diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application
  • FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • this embodiment provides a display device, which is composed of a display panel 1" and a backlight module.
  • Display panel 1" is a liquid crystal panel.
  • the front of display panel 1" is used to display images, and the backlight module is located on the back of display panel 1".
  • the backlight module is used to provide display panel 1" with sufficient brightness and uniform light distribution. So that the display panel 1" displays the image.
  • the backlight module includes a back plate 4", a diffuser plate 3" and an optical film 2" which are sequentially arranged from the back of the display device to the front.
  • the backlight module is located on the back of the display panel 1".
  • the brightness and light source provided by the backlight module are irradiated from the back of the display panel 1" into the display panel 1. ", so that the display panel 1" displays the image.
  • the backplane 4" is located at the bottom of the backlight module, and the backplane 4" is used to support the entire backlight module to ensure the stability of the backlight module and protect the backlight module inside the 4" backplane The other diaphragms are not damaged.
  • the backplane 4" is also provided with a backlight source (not shown in the figure), and the backlight source can be directly installed on the inner surface of the backplane 4".
  • the inner surface of the backplane 4" can be understood as the backplane 4.
  • the backlight is used to emit light to provide the light source for the display panel 1".
  • the backlight source is LED lamp beads, and a plurality of LED lamp beads are arranged on the back plate 4".
  • the LED lamp beads can be arranged in an array at intervals, for example, a plurality of LED lamp beads are arranged along the length of the back plate 4" and The width direction is arranged at even intervals in order to make the backlight source more evenly illuminate each area of the display panel 1".
  • the LED lamp beads can be fixed on the back plate 4" by screws and other connectors, or the LED lamp beads can be pasted On the backplane 4".
  • a reflective sheet may also be laminated on the back plate 4", and the reflective sheet is used to reflect the light emitted by the backlight to the diffuser 3".
  • the reflective sheet is laminated on the inner surface of the back plate 4", for example, the reflective sheet can be pasted on the back plate 4".
  • a small hole is opened on the reflective sheet, and the backlight source is exposed through the small hole.
  • the reflective sheet is used to reflect the light emitted by the backlight to the diffuser 3" located above the back plate 4".
  • the light emitted by the LED lamp bead as the backlight radiates to its surroundings, most of which will illuminate the diffuser 3", but there is a small part of the light whose incident angle deviates from the diffuser 3", and this part of the light will be directed to the back plate 4" .
  • the backlight module In order to improve the light efficiency utilization of the backlight, by stacking a reflective sheet on the backplane 4", the light from the backlight source to the backplane 4" shines on the reflective sheet, and after being reflected by the reflective sheet, it irradiates to the diffuser 3", so that the backlight Most of the light emitted by the source can illuminate the diffuser 3", and the backlight module has higher light efficiency.
  • the diffuser plate 3" is located above the back plate 4". Due to the existence of the backlight source, and in order to improve the utilization rate of the light emitted by the backlight source by the diffuser plate 3", there is usually a certain amount of space between the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4". spacing.
  • the diffuser 3" used in the display device has a high light transmittance.
  • the light emitted by the backlight and the light reflected by the reflector illuminate the diffuser 3". Due to the high diffusivity of the diffuser 3", it can be The light emitted by the backlight diffuses to each area of the backlight module, which can provide a relatively uniform light source for the display panel 1".
  • An optical film 2" is arranged between the diffuser plate 3" and the display panel 1".
  • the optical film 2" may include multiple functional films.
  • the optical film 2" includes a prism film and a polarizer.
  • the optical film 2" can improve the angular distribution of light in the backlight module, increase the axial brightness of the backlight module, increase the total light flux, and provide sufficient brightness for the display panel 1".
  • the back plate 4" includes a main body portion 41" and a frame portion 42", the main body portion 41" is located in the middle of the back plate 4", and there is a distance between the main body portion 41" and the diffuser 3".
  • the main body 41" has a planar structure parallel to the diffuser 3".
  • the frame portion 42" is located at each peripheral edge of the back plate 4", each side edge of the main body portion 41" is connected to the frame portion 42", and the frame portion 42" is used to connect to the diffuser plate 3".
  • the entire frame portion 42" can be bent toward the diffuser 3" from one side connected to the main body 41" to the other side, that is, the edge of the frame portion 42" is bent to the diffuser 3"
  • the edge of the frame part 42" is supported on the edge of the diffuser plate 3" in this way, and the part of the frame part 42" that abuts the edge of the diffuser plate 3" and the diffuser plate 3" can be adhesively connected.
  • the main body 41" and the frame 42" of the back plate 4" are formed separately, and then the main body 41" and the frame 42" are connected together to form the back plate 4", for example
  • the main body 41" is a flat plate.
  • the production efficiency of the main body 41" can be improved by processing the main body 41" separately.
  • the production efficiency of the frame 42" can also be improved by processing the frame 42" separately.
  • the molding process of the main body 41" and the frame 42" can be simplified, and the manufacturing cost of both can be reduced.
  • the side of the frame 42" corresponding to the main body 41” can be connected to the main body 41", for example, screws or bolts are used between the frame 42" and the main body 41"
  • the other side of the frame 42" is connected to the edge of the diffuser 3".
  • the edge of the frame 42" is connected to the diffuser 3 "The edges can be pasted and connected.
  • the side of the frame portion 42" facing the main body portion 41” can be provided in the form of a flange, and the flange of the frame portion 42" Overlap on the inner surface of the main body portion 41" facing the diffuser 3", or the flange of the frame portion 42" overlaps the outer surface of the other side of the main body portion 41", so that the frame portion 42" and the main body portion 41" There is more overlap area between them.
  • the connection strength between the two can be enhanced.
  • the back plate 4" may also be an integral structure, that is, the frame portion 42" and the main body portion 41" are integrally formed pieces.
  • the back plate 4 "It can be a whole flat plate, and then the edge of the back plate 4" is bent to form the frame portion 42".
  • the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" on the back On the 4" board avoid the three parts from collapsing in the middle due to its own gravity, and improve the flatness of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
  • the main body 41" of the backplane 4" and the diffuser 3 there can be a diffuser support 9" between them.
  • the diffuser bracket 9" is supported between the diffuser 3" and the main body 41" of the back plate 4", so that the diffuser 3" is stably fixed on the top of the back plate 4" and keeps the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4"
  • the spacing between the main body parts 41" of the display panel can ensure the flatness of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
  • the diffuser support 9" supported between the diffuser 3" and the main body 41" of the back plate 4" can have multiple diffuser brackets 9" to ensure that the multiple diffuser brackets 9" can
  • the diffuser 3" is stably supported above the back plate 4" to ensure the supporting effect of the diffuser bracket 9".
  • the side edge of the back plate 4" has a connecting surface 421", and the side edge of the diffuser 3" is connected to the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4". Because of the back plate 4 "Including the main body 41" and the frame portion 42" connected to each side of the main body 41" in the circumferential direction, so the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4" is located on the frame portion 42", for example, it may be located on the frame portion 42.
  • the connecting surface 421" of the "edge, frame portion 42" abuts on the edge of the diffuser 3", and an adhesive layer is provided between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the edge of the frame 42" to connect the edge of the diffuser 3" to the frame
  • the connecting surface 421" of the part 42" is pasted and connected.
  • the side of the diffuser 3" extends to the circumferential outside of the side of the display panel 1". As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, each side of the diffuser 3" is exposed on the display panel 1. Except for the sides of ", that is, the length and width of the diffuser 3" are greater than the length and width of the display panel 1".
  • connection surface 421" of the "frame portion 42" of the back plate 4 can be correspondingly arranged outside the boundary of the "display area 11" of the display panel 1, that is, the inner edge of the connection surface 421" can correspond to the non-display area of the display panel 1" Within 12".
  • the inner edge of the connecting surface 421" will not enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", so the connecting surface 421" will not block the light and brightness entering the display area 11" of the display panel 1", that is, the connecting surface 421 "Does not affect the display effect of the inner edge of the display panel 1" display area 11".
  • the adhesive area between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4 "frame portion 42" refers to the covering area of the adhesive layer between the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421", the adhesive layer The larger the area of the coverage area, the greater the connection strength of the connection surface 421" between the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4".
  • connection surface 421" of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" frame portion 42" can be connected by a sealant 7", and the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" does not exceed the non-limiting area of the display panel 1". Display the inner boundary of the area 12".
  • the bonding layer provided between the edge of the diffuser plate 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4" frame portion 42" is specifically a sealant 7", and the connecting surface 421 of the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4" "Both are connected by sealant 7".
  • the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" does not exceed the inner boundary of the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1", and the inner boundary of the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1" is the outer boundary of the display area 11".
  • the coating area of the sealant 7 that is, the adhesive area between the diffusion plate 3" and the back plate 4" connection surface 421" does not enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", that is, the sealant 7" does not enter In the display area 11" of the display panel 1", the sealant 7" will not affect the display effect of the display area 11" of the display panel 1".
  • the sealant 7" By preventing the sealant 7" from entering the display area 11" of the display panel 1", that is, the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" corresponds to the non-display area 12" at the edge of the display panel 1", due to the diffuser 3"
  • the edge of the display panel 1" extends beyond the edge of the display panel 1", the edge of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" can have a larger overlap area, and the outer boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" can extend outward Therefore, it can be ensured that there is enough glue area between the connecting surface 421" of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4", thus ensuring a firm connection between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4"; at the same time, the frame glue 7" does not It will enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", so the display effect of the display panel 1" can be improved.
  • the circumferential edges of the diffuser 3" can all extend to the outer side of the display panel in the circumferential direction.
  • the left and right sides of the diffuser 3" and The sides of the upper and lower ends can extend beyond the corresponding sides of the display panel, so that the size of the diffuser 3" in each direction is larger than that of the display panel 1", and the sides of the diffuser 3" are connected to the display area of the display panel 1". The distances between the outer boundaries of are larger.
  • each side of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4 have a larger overlap area, and each side of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" have a larger glue area. It can ensure the connection strength between each side of the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4". At the same time, it can also prevent the sealant on each side of the diffuser plate from entering the display area of the display panel 1". It can ensure that the display area of the display panel 1" All parts have good display effect.
  • the protruding length from the side of the diffuser 3" to the side of the display panel 1" may be 0-1 mm. This can ensure that there is enough glue area between the side of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4", and can prevent the glue between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" from entering the display panel 1" It can ensure that the display panel 1" has a better display effect; at the same time, the width of the side of the diffuser 3" extending beyond the display panel 1" is small, which has little effect on the overall size of the display device , The display device can still have a narrow frame effect.
  • the protruding length of the side edge of the diffuser 3" to the outside of the display panel 1" can be 0.2mm, 0.4mm, 0.6mm, 0.8mm, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
  • the side of the back plate 4" It can be flush with the 3" side of the diffuser.
  • the 4" edge of the backplane and the edge of the diffuser 3" have the same width beyond the edge of the display panel 1".
  • the adhesive area between the connection surface 421" of the backplane 4" and the edge of the diffuser 3" is guaranteed not to enter the display panel 1.
  • the adhesive area can extend to the edge of the display panel 1" or even the display panel On the outside of the 1" edge, there is enough glue area between the connecting surface 421" of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" to ensure that the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" are firmly connected.
  • the side of the back plate 4" can also extend to the outside of the side of the diffuser 3", regardless of whether the side of the back plate 4" is flush with the side of the diffuser 3",
  • the overall width of the back plate 4" is greater than the width of the diffuser plate 3", and the side of the back plate 4" is exposed outside the 3" side of the diffuser plate, which can guarantee the connection surface 421" between the 3" edge of the diffuser plate and the back plate 4"
  • Adhesive areas with sufficient width between them can improve the connection strength between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4"; and if the overall width of the back plate 4" is greater than the diffuser 3", the back plate 4" will display The device has a better supporting effect.
  • connection surface 421" of the backplane 4" and the sealant 7" between the diffusion plate 3" and the "connection surface 421" of the backplane 4 will not enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", in order to make The optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" will not affect the display effect of the display panel 1", as shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14, in this embodiment, between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and The optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" can be fully bonded.
  • the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" can be fully bonded and connected by setting the entire layer of glue.
  • between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" It is also possible to set the entire layer of glue to fully bond between the two; and, the glue layer between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and the glue layer between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" All should have good light transmittance, so that the light provided by the backlight module can be better irradiated to the display panel 1" through the glue layer, so that the display panel 1" has uniform and sufficient brightness to ensure the display panel 1" The display effect.
  • a transparent optical adhesive layer 8" may be coated between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffusion plate 3" to pass the transparent optical adhesive Layer 8" connects the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
  • the full bonding solution between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" is implemented by a transparent optical adhesive layer 8" , That is, between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" are connected by transparent optical glue, and the transparent optical glue covers the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" And the entire area between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
  • the transparent optical adhesive layer 8" can be an OCA optical adhesive layer, which is colorless and transparent, has a light transmittance of more than 90%, and has good bonding strength. It can be cured at room temperature or medium temperature, and the curing shrinks.
  • the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" are glued with OCA optical glue, which can not only narrow the frame of the display device, but also increase the display area of the display panel 1" 11 ", it can also reduce the glare phenomenon of the display panel 1", increase the contrast of the display panel 1", and make the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" have a higher connection strength; adopt The full bonding of OCA optical glue can also improve the flatness of the display device.
  • the side of the optical film 2" can be located in the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1".
  • the width of the film 2" is too small, so that the side of the optical film 2" corresponds to the display area 11" of the display panel 1", for example, the side of the optical film 2" corresponds to the display area 11" close to its border In this way, the light from the backlight irradiated to the edge of the display area 11" of the display panel 1" is directly irradiated to the display panel 1" through the diffuser 3" without being processed by the optical film 2", so the display panel The axial brightness of the edge of the 1" display area 11" may be weak, which will affect the display effect of the display panel 1".
  • the side of the optical film 2" is correspondingly located in the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1", so that all light entering the display panel 1" display area 11" can pass through the optical film 2. "Processing, so that the display panel 1" can have uniform and sufficient brightness.
  • the side of the optical film 2" is located in the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1", and it is not limited to the width of the optical film 2" being smaller than the width of the display panel 1", and the optical film 2
  • the side of "is correspondingly located between the side of the display panel 1" and the inner boundary of the non-display area 12", or the side of the optical film 2" is flush with the side of the display panel 1".
  • the width of the diffuser 3" It is larger than the width of the display panel 1", and the OCA optical glue has better light transmittance.
  • the display panel 1" the display panel 1"
  • the sides of the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" can also be coated with side sealant 5".
  • the side sealant 5" By coating the side sealant 5" on the sides of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3", not only the light leakage phenomenon can be avoided, the brightness of the display panel 1" can be improved, and the side sealant 5" is used for connection
  • the sides of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" can further improve the connection strength between the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3", thereby improving the display device’s performance Overall strength.
  • the display device provided by this embodiment includes a display panel and a backlight module.
  • the backlight module is located on the back of the display panel and is used to provide sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources for the display panel; the backlight module includes a display panel arranged on the back of the display panel.
  • the diffuser plate and the back plate, the back plate is located at the bottom of the backlight module as the support of the entire backlight module, and the diffuser plate is located above the back plate, which is used to homogenize the light source provided by the backlight module; among them, the diffuser plate and the back plate
  • the connection surfaces of the side edges are glued and connected, and the side edges of the diffuser extend to the outside of the side of the display panel, so that the distance between the edge of the diffuser and the boundary between the non-display area of the display panel and the display area is relatively large.
  • the edge of the diffuser has a larger width
  • the connecting surface between the edge of the diffuser and the edge of the back plate has a larger overlap area, which increases the width of the glue area between the edge of the diffuser and the connecting surface of the back plate.
  • a middle frame is connected between the back plate and the diffuser plate, the middle frame is provided with a connecting surface, and the connecting surface of the middle frame is bonded and fixed to the side of the diffuser plate.
  • the backplane is different from the backplane structure in the above embodiments.
  • the backplane can be a flat plate or the backplane includes a flat plate part and a side wall part extending from the edge of the flat plate part toward the display panel.
  • the middle frame and the back plate are connected by clamping or bonding, and the structure is not particularly limited.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing solution of the display panel 1a in the related art.
  • the display panel 1a is fixed to the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly 7a.
  • the display device includes a backplane assembly 7a, the backplane assembly 7a has a supporting and bearing function, the backplane assembly 7a includes a first carrying part 701a and a second carrying part 702a, the second carrying part 702a is located in the first The outer side of the supporting portion 701a protrudes forward from the first supporting portion 701a, and the display panel 1a is fixed on the second supporting portion 702a.
  • the non-display area 11a of the display panel 1a is limited, that is, the BM area is small, and the optical film 2a and the diffuser 3a are fully bonded to fix the optical film 2a.
  • the optical film 2a is located between the display panel 1a and the diffusion plate 3a, and the size of the glass diffusion plate 3a is generally smaller than the display area 12a of the display panel 1a.
  • the diffuser plate 3a In order to ensure the reliability of the fixation, the diffuser plate 3a needs to be adhered to the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly 7a, so the diffuser plate 3a is adhered and fixed to the first supporting portion 701a through an adhesive. Since the size of the diffuser 3a is usually smaller than the display area 12a of the display panel 1a, the adhesive surface of the glass diffuser 3a will inevitably enter the display area 12a of the display panel 1a. The presence of the adhesive causes the light to form dark shadows here. In order to eliminate the influence of dark shadows on the display device, the diffuser 3a is pasted to the light guide 8a by tape, and the light guide 8a is then bonded to the first supporting portion 701a of the back plate assembly 7a by tape. The light guide 8a can be changed. The path of light, thereby improving the influence of shadows.
  • the adhesion of the diffuser plate 3a requires the light guide 8a to be attached, which results in complicated production procedures and high production costs.
  • the LED arrangement will be as close as possible to the display area 12a of the display panel 1a to improve the subjective shadow problem.
  • the appearance of the structure is right-angled, which affects the aesthetics of the product appearance.
  • the display panel 1a is bonded and fixed to the second bearing surface 702a of the backplane assembly 7a by transparent UV glue, and the transparent UV glue has a problem of light transmission.
  • the light-shielding tape 9a is usually attached to the side for shading.
  • the light-shielding tape 9a is likely to fall off or open during long-term use, so there is still a risk of light transmission.
  • the light-shielding glue is selected to realize the fixation of the display panel 1a, the light-shielding property of the glue will not cause light transmission problems, but because the BM of the display panel 1a is small, it is easy to squeeze the glue to the display during the fixing process. In the area 12a, the glue squeezed to the display area 12a will cause a dark shadow problem on the edge of the display panel, which will affect the display effect.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another fixing solution of the display panel 1b in the related art.
  • the display panel 1b is fixed on the optical film 2b.
  • the optical film 2b and the diffuser plate 3b are also fixed in a fully bonded manner.
  • the non-display area 11b of the display panel 1b is adhesively fixed to the optical film 2b.
  • the fixing surface of the diffuser plate 3b needs to be pasted to the light guide 8b by adhesive tape, and the light guide 8b is then bonded to the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly 7b by adhesive tape, resulting in complicated production processes and higher production costs.
  • the light source 10b is usually arranged on the back plate assembly 7b. Affected by the transmittance of the light guide 8b, the arrangement of the light-emitting light sources 10b should be as close as possible to the boundary of the display area 12b to improve the subjective dark shadow problem of the display surface. Therefore, the overall appearance of the backplane assembly 7b and the display device is usually a right-angled appearance , which makes the appearance not beautiful enough.
  • the light-shielding tape 9b is usually attached to the side for light-shielding, but the light-shielding tape 9b is likely to fall off or open during long-term use, so there is still a risk of light transmission.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a display device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure of the layout of FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure of area A in FIG. 18.
  • the display device mainly includes a display panel 1, an optical film 2, a diffusion plate 3, a transparent glue line 4, a light-shielding glue line 5, a transparent glue layer 6 and a back plate assembly 7. .
  • the front of the display panel 1 is a display surface for displaying images.
  • the direction of the display surface of the display panel 1 is the front direction, and the direction opposite to the display surface of the display panel 1 is the rear direction.
  • the display panel 1 includes a display area 12 and a non-display area 11 located around the display area 12, and the non-display area 11 is a BM area.
  • a side sealant 13 is provided on the peripheral side of the display panel 1 and on the outer side wall of the non-display area 11.
  • the side sealant 13 can shield the non-display area 11 from light, so as to effectively prevent the light in the display panel 1 from transmitting light from the side of the non-display area 11.
  • the optical film 2 is arranged in parallel on the back side of the display panel 1.
  • the optical film 2 includes at least one layer.
  • the optical film 2 includes two films, specifically a prism film and a brightness enhancement film. Film;
  • the optical film 3 includes a three-layer film, specifically a diffuser, a prism film, and a brightness enhancement film; when the optical film includes two or more films, the film and the film They are glued and fixed together by surface bonding.
  • the diffuser plate 3 is pasted on the back side of the optical film 2 in a surface bonding method.
  • the display panel 1, the optical film 2 and the diffusion plate 3 are parallel to each other and form a whole, which can make the overall thickness of the display panel 1, the optical film 2 and the diffusion plate 3 thinner after being connected.
  • the size of the optical film 2 is larger than the size of the display area 12 of the display panel 1.
  • the outer boundary of the optical film 2 is located between the inner boundary and the outer boundary of the non-display area 11. That is, the outer boundary of the optical film 2 exceeds the outer boundary of the display area 12, but is still within the outer boundary of the non-display area 11.
  • the outer boundary of the optical film 2 is outside the outer boundary of the display area 12, which can effectively replace the light guide 8 and play a role of astigmatism, thereby solving the problem of shadow on the boundary of the display area 12.
  • the size of the diffusion plate 3 is larger than the size of the optical film 2.
  • the outer boundary of the diffuser plate 3 exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film 2, so that the diffuser plate 3 extends beyond the outer boundary of the optical film 2 and can be connected to the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1, thereby enabling the display panel 1 to interact with the diffuser
  • the board 3 is directly connected by frame bonding, and the optical film 2 is sandwiched between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 to solve the reliable adhesion of the display panel 1 caused by the delamination problem of the optical film 2 sexual issues.
  • the outer boundary of the diffuser 3 can also be outside the outer boundary of the display area 12, and it can also effectively replace the light guide 8 to play a role of astigmatism. , To further solve the problem of shadow on the border of the display area 12.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is elongated and is arranged on the outer periphery of the optical film 2 along the edge, and the transparent glue line 4 is pasted between the back of the non-display area 11 and the diffuser 3 for making the display panel 1
  • the non-display area 11 is directly adhered to the diffuser 3 to realize the fixed connection between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3, that is, the display panel 1 can be connected to the diffuser 3 through the transparent glue line 4 to realize the frame attachment.
  • the transparent glue line 4 can transmit light, and can also replace the light guide 8 to play a role of astigmatism, which can help solve the problem of shadow on the boundary of the display area 12.
  • the transparent glue line 4 can be a transparent UV glue, which can be cured quickly under the irradiation of a UV lamp. At the same time, the transparent UV glue has strong fluidity. Even if it spreads under the pressure of the display panel 1 and the diffusion plate 3, and enters the display area 12 of the display panel 1, the glue is transparent and will not affect the display performance of the display area 12.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 has a long strip shape and is attached to the outside of the transparent glue line 4 along the extending direction of the transparent glue line 4.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 can shield the light emitted from the transparent glue line 4 in the gap between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 to play a role in shielding light and effectively solve the problem of light transmission of the transparent glue line 4.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 can assist the transparent glue line 4, so that the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1 can be more firmly bonded to the diffuser 3, and the connection between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 is improved.
  • the transparent glue layer 6 is attached to the back side of the diffuser plate 3 and is located on the periphery of the diffuser plate 3.
  • the back plate assembly 7 has a first bearing portion 701, and the peripheral edge of the diffuser plate 3 is bonded to the first bearing portion 701 of the back plate assembly 7 through a transparent adhesive layer 6. Adhesive and fixation of the back plate assembly 7. Since the outer boundaries of the optical film 2 and the diffuser 3 are outside the outer boundary of the display area 12 of the display panel 1, the transparent adhesive layer 6 can replace the light guide 8 to play the role of astigmatism, and effectively solve the display surface boundary The shadow problem.
  • Transparent UV glue can be used for the transparent glue layer 6.
  • a light-shielding tape 9 is attached to the outside of the diffuser 3 and the light-shielding glue line 5.
  • the light-shielding tape 9 is located on the peripheral side of the display panel 1.
  • the light-shielding tape 9 can cover the light-shielding glue line 5 and the outer side wall of the diffuser 3, which can further effectively block the light and prevent the light from leaking from the side.
  • the back plate assembly 7 is provided on the rear side of the display panel 1 to provide installation space and structural support for the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3, etc.
  • the back plate assembly 7 mainly includes a back plate 71 and a middle frame 72.
  • the back plate 71 is provided on the rear side of the display panel 1 and the diffuser plate 3 at intervals.
  • the middle frame 72 is disposed on the periphery of the back plate 71, and the middle frame 72 is connected with the back plate 71 to form a containing cavity, and the light-emitting light sources 10b can be arranged on the back plate 71 and located inside the containing cavity.
  • the light-emitting light source 10b can be arranged using, for example, LEDs.
  • the middle frame 72 has a first bearing portion 701, and the first bearing portion 701 is located on the front end surface of the middle frame 72. That is, the transparent adhesive layer 6 is provided on the front end surface of the middle frame 72, and the peripheral edge of the diffuser plate 3 is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 of the middle frame 72 through the transparent adhesive layer 6.
  • the arrangement of the LEDs can be extended to the inside of the accommodating cavity. Therefore, the middle frame 72 can be formed by bending the edge of the back plate 71 and extending obliquely forward, that is, the cross section of the middle frame 72 can form a slope structure to better improve the appearance of the display device, and optimize the appearance of the display device. At this time, the LEDs are still arranged on the back plate 71.
  • the back plate 71 and the middle frame 72 may adopt a mutually detachable connection structure, or may adopt an integrally formed structure.
  • the back plate 71 and the middle frame 72 are integrally formed, it is equivalent to the structure of only the back plate 71 and the middle frame 72 is defaulted.
  • the first bearing portion 701 is provided on the back plate 71, and the periphery of the diffuser plate 3 passes The transparent adhesive layer 6 is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 of the back plate 71.
  • the back plate assembly 7 includes an outer frame 73.
  • the outer frame 73 is wrapped around the outside of the middle frame 72 or the edge of the back plate 71.
  • the outer frame 73 can extend to the periphery of the diffuser 3 and the display panel 1 to effectively protect the diffuser 3 and the display panel 1.
  • the outer frame 73 can sandwich the light-shielding tape 9 between the display panel 1 and the outer frame 73, which effectively prevents the light-shielding tape 9 from falling off or the layout is glued.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the second bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the bonding structure of the display panel 1 of this embodiment is basically the same as the bonding structure of the display panel 1 in FIG. 21, except that the structure and distribution positions of the light-shielding glue lines 5 are different.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 and the transparent glue line 4 are arranged side by side on the back of the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1. That is, the light-shielding glue line 5 and the transparent glue line 4 are both sandwiched between the non-display area 11 and the diffuser 3.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 can use opaque UV glue.
  • the opaque UV glue can be cured quickly under the irradiation of UV lamps, and can be partially pressed on the side sealing glue 13 and the diffuser 3 of the display panel 1 In between, the light-shielding glue line 5 and the side sealant 13 of the display panel 1 are connected and fixed to jointly shield the sides of the display panel 1 and the transparent glue line 4, and can increase the gap between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 The firmness of the connection.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 can be black UV glue, or UV glue of other colors and capable of shading can be set as needed to enrich the appearance of the display panel 1.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is closer to the display area 12 than the light-shielding glue line 5.
  • the transparent glue line 4 can be partially immersed in the display area 12, but the display performance of the display area 12 is not affected.
  • the transparent glue line 4 can also function as a dam after being irradiated and cured to prevent black light-shielding glue lines 5 or other colors of light-shielding glue lines 5 from penetrating into the display area 12 and affecting display performance.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a third bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the bonding structure of the display panel 1 of this embodiment is basically the same as the bonding structure of the display panel 1 in FIG.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 adopts a side spray method, which is sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line 4 to form a light-shielding coating.
  • the light-shielding coatings are pasted side by side on the outside of the transparent glue line 4.
  • the light-shielding coating can be hot-melt adhesive, and the hot-melt adhesive can be sprayed to the outside of the transparent glue line 4 after heating, and it can be quickly solidified after cooling.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is located in the non-display area 11 and plays a role of bonding.
  • the light-shielding coating covers the outer side of the transparent glue line 4, and mainly plays a role of shading.
  • the front end of the light-shielding coating extends to the side sealant 13 of the display panel 1, and the rear end of the light-shielding coating can extend to cover the outer sidewall of the diffuser 3 and the outer side of the transparent adhesive layer 6, and then Cooperate with the side sealant 13 to fully cover the outside of the display panel 1, the transparent glue line 4, the diffuser 3 and the transparent glue layer 6, thereby improving the side shading effect of the display device, which is beneficial to the default shading tape 9 and the outer frame 73.
  • the rear end of the light-shielding coating can extend to cover the outer sidewall of the diffuser 3 and the outer side of the transparent adhesive layer 6, and then Cooperate with the side sealant 13 to fully cover the outside of the display panel 1, the transparent glue line 4, the diffuser 3 and the transparent glue layer 6, thereby improving the side shading effect of the display device, which is beneficial to the default shading tape 9 and the outer frame 73.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the fourth bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the basic structure of the display device of this embodiment is similar to that of the display device in FIG. 21, except that the structure of the backplane assembly 7 is different and the adhesive structure of the display panel 1 is different.
  • the back plate assembly 7 has a first supporting portion 701 and a second supporting portion 702 protruding from the front side of the first supporting portion 701.
  • a step structure is formed between the first supporting portion 701 and the second supporting portion 702. It should be noted that the first bearing portion 701 and the second bearing portion 702 may be provided on the middle frame 72 or directly on the back plate 71.
  • the periphery of the diffuser plate 3 is adhered to the step structure, and is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 through the transparent adhesive layer 6 through the fixing surface of the diffuser plate 3. Since the outer boundaries of the diffuser 3 and the optical film 2 are located outside the display area 12, the transparent adhesive layer 6 can still be used instead of the light guide 8 to solve the problem of dark shadows in the display area 12.
  • the outer boundary of the diffusion plate 3 is within the outer boundary of the non-display area 11, so that the second supporting portion 702 of the back plate assembly 7 can extend into and distribute on the back side of the non-display area 11.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is bonded between the back surface of the non-display area 11 and the diffuser 3
  • a part of the transparent glue line 4 can be bonded between the back surface of the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702; thereby making the display panel
  • the non-display area 11 of 1 is bonded to the diffuser 3 and the back plate assembly 7 at the same time, so as to improve the bonding firmness of the display panel 1.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 is sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line 4 in the form of spraying to form a light-shielding coating to realize the light-shielding function of the transparent glue line 4.
  • a part of the front end of the light-shielding coating is bonded to the back of the non-display area 11, and a part is bonded to the side sealant 13 on the outside of the display panel 1.
  • the rear end of the light-shielding coating is bonded to the second supporting portion 702.
  • the side sealant 13, the light-shielding coating, and the stepped structure of the back plate assembly 7 can work together to fully cover the outside of the display panel 1, the transparent glue line 4, the diffuser 3 and the transparent glue layer 6, thereby improving the display device’s performance Side shading effect.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a fifth bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the backplane assembly 7 in the display device of this embodiment is similar to that of the backplane assembly 7 of the display device in FIG. 22. The difference is that the display device of this embodiment only solves the problem of shading.
  • the light guide 8 is still used for connection between the two.
  • the back plate assembly 7 has a first supporting portion 701 and a second supporting portion 702 protruding from the front side of the first supporting portion 701.
  • the periphery of the diffuser plate 3 is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 of the back plate assembly 7 through the light guide 8.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is attached between the back of the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702 of the backplane assembly 7.
  • the light-shielding glue lines 5 are attached to the outside of the transparent glue lines 4 side by side, and the light-shielding glue lines 5 are also attached between the back surface of the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702 of the back plate assembly 7.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is made of transparent UV glue
  • the shading glue line 5 is made of black UV glue or other colors of shading UV glue.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 can be partially extended and adhered to the side sealing glue 13 on the outside of the display panel 1, so that the side sealing glue 13 and the light-shielding glue line 5 can cooperate with the step structure of the back plate assembly 7 to jointly align the display panel 1, the transparent glue
  • the wires 4, the diffuser 3 and the light guide 8 are fully covered and shielded from light, thereby solving the problem of light transmission at the side of the display device.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a sixth bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure of the display device of this embodiment is basically the same as that of the display device in FIG. 23, except that the structure and the distribution position of the light-shielding glue line 5 are different.
  • the light-shielding glue line 5 uses hot melt glue, which is sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line 4 in a side spray manner to form a light-shielding coating.
  • the light-shielding coatings are pasted side by side on the outside of the transparent glue line 4.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is located between the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702 of the back plate assembly 7 to serve as an adhesive.
  • the light-shielding coating covers the outer side of the transparent glue line 4 and mainly plays a role of shading. It can also assist the transparent glue line 4 to a certain extent to bond the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1 to the back plate assembly 7.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2 of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2 can be fully bonded first, so that the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2 are bonded and fixed as a whole. Then cut off part of the optical film 2 along the periphery of the diffuser plate 3 to form a cutting area 201 at the edge of the optical film 2 so that the outer boundary of the diffuser plate 3 can exceed the outer boundary of the optical film 2 , And can simplify the bonding process of the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2, and at the same time improve the bonding accuracy between the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is used to cooperate with the light-shielding glue line 5.
  • the transparent glue line 4 is close to the display area 12 of the display panel 1, and does not affect the display performance of the display panel 1;
  • the function of the dam can prevent the light-shielding glue line 5 from penetrating into the display area 12; the light-shielding glue line 5 is located outside the transparent glue line 4 and plays a role of shielding light, which can effectively reduce the risk of light transmission of the display device.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a display device, comprising a display panel (1), a transparent glue line (4) and a light-shielding glue line (5), wherein the display panel (1) comprises a display region (12) and a non-display region (11); the transparent glue line (4) is attached to the back surface of the non-display region (11) along the periphery of the display panel (1), so as to bond the non-display region (11) to a diffusion plate (3) or a back plate assembly (7); and the light-shielding glue line (5) is attached to an outer side of the transparent glue line (4) in an extension direction of the transparent glue line (4), and the light-shielding glue line (5) can shield light emitted outwards by means of the transparent glue line (4), and can assist the transparent glue line (4) in bonding the non-display region (11) on the diffusion plate (3) or the back plate assembly (7). The transparent glue line (4) is matched with the light-shielding glue line (5), and the transparent glue line (4) is close to the display region (12) of the display panel (1), such that the display performance of the display panel (1) is not affected; the transparent glue line (4) plays the role of enclosing a dam and can prevent the light-shielding glue line (5) from penetrating into the display region (12); and the light-shielding glue line (5) is located at the outer side of the transparent glue line (4) and plays the role of shielding light such that the risk of light transmission of the display device can be effectively reduced, and the assembly of a small BM display panel (1) is realized.

Description

显示装置Display device
相关申请交叉引用Cross-reference to related applications
本申请要求于2020年03月17日提交中国专利局、申请号为202020331016.1、申请名称为“一种显示装置”、2020年03月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010246022.1、申请名称为“一种显示装置”、2021年02月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110172717.4、申请名称为“一种显示装置”、2021年02月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为202120353964.X、申请名称为“一种显示装置”以及2021年02月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为202120353579.5、申请名称为“一种显示装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on March 17, 2020, the application number is 202020331016.1, the application name is "a display device", and the application is submitted to the China Patent Office on March 31, 2020, the application number is 202010246022.1, and the application name is " A display device", submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on February 08, 2021, the application number is 202110172717.4, and the application name is "a display device", submitted to the China Patent Office on February 8, 2021, the application number is 202120353964.X, The application name is "a display device" and the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on February 08, 2021, the application number is 202120353579.5, and the application name is "a display device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及显示技术领域,特别涉及一种显示装置。This application relates to the field of display technology, and in particular to a display device.
背景技术Background technique
液晶显示装置是显示装置的主要类型之一,其在各种电子设备中得到了广泛的应用。其中,窄边框的液晶显示器设计,以其简约时尚的外观已成为液晶显示器的发展趋势,液晶面板的非显示区域(也为黑边区域)BM(Black Matrix)区的宽度随之逐渐变窄。因BM区变窄,如何对具有窄BM区的液晶面板进行组装是亟需解决的问题。Liquid crystal display devices are one of the main types of display devices, which are widely used in various electronic devices. Among them, the narrow-frame LCD design has become the development trend of the LCD with its simple and stylish appearance, and the width of the BM (Black Matrix) area of the non-display area (also the black border area) of the LCD panel gradually narrows. Due to the narrowing of the BM area, how to assemble a liquid crystal panel with a narrow BM area is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请的目的在于提供一种显示装置,实现了显示装置中小BM区的显示面板组装。The purpose of the present application is to provide a display device that realizes the assembly of the display panel in the small BM area of the display device.
为解决上述技术问题,本申请采用如下技术方案:To solve the above technical problems, this application adopts the following technical solutions:
根据本申请的一个方面,本申请提供一种显示装置,该显示装置包括:显示面板,其正面用于显示图像,所述显示面板包括显示区和位于显示区周边的非显示区;透明胶线,其沿所述显示面板的周边贴设于所述非显示区的背面,以使所述非显示区粘接在扩散板或背板组件上;及遮光胶线,其沿所述透明胶线的延伸方向贴设于所述透明胶线的外侧,所述遮光胶线能够遮挡经所述透明胶线向外射出的光线,并能够辅助所述透明胶线将所述非显示区粘接在扩散板或背板组件上。According to one aspect of the present application, the present application provides a display device. The display device includes: a display panel whose front surface is used for displaying images, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area; and a transparent glue line , Which is attached to the back of the non-display area along the periphery of the display panel, so that the non-display area is adhered to the diffuser or back plate assembly; and a light-shielding glue line along the transparent glue line The extension direction of the transparent glue line is attached to the outside of the transparent glue line. The light-shielding glue line can block the light emitted from the transparent glue line and can assist the transparent glue line to bond the non-display area to On the diffuser or back plate assembly.
本申请实施例的显示装置中,利用透明胶线与遮光胶线配合,透明胶线靠近显示面板的显示区,不影响显示面板的显示性能;透明胶线起到围坝的作用,能够避免遮光胶线渗入显示区;遮光胶线位于透明胶线外侧,起到遮光的作用,能够有效地降低显示装置的透光风险,实现了小BM显示面板的组装。In the display device of the embodiment of the present application, a transparent glue line is used to cooperate with a light-shielding glue line. The transparent glue line is close to the display area of the display panel and does not affect the display performance of the display panel; the transparent glue line functions as a dam and can avoid shading The glue line penetrates into the display area; the light-shielding glue line is located outside the transparent glue line, which plays a role of shading, can effectively reduce the risk of light transmission of the display device, and realize the assembly of a small BM display panel.
本申请还提供了一种显示装置,包括:显示面板,其正面用于显示图像,所述显示面板包括显示区和位于显示区周边的非显示区;光学膜片,其设于所述显示面板的背侧,且所述光学膜片的外边界位于所述非显示区的内边界和外边界之间;扩散板,其贴设于所述 光学膜片的背侧,且所述扩散板的外边界超出所述光学膜片的外边界;及透明胶线,其位于所述光学膜片的外侧,并贴设于所述非显示区与所述扩散板之间。The present application also provides a display device, including: a display panel, the front of which is used to display images, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area; an optical film, which is arranged on the display panel The back side of the optical film, and the outer boundary of the optical film is located between the inner boundary and the outer boundary of the non-display area; a diffuser plate, which is attached to the back side of the optical film, and the diffuser The outer boundary exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film; and a transparent glue line, which is located on the outer side of the optical film and is attached between the non-display area and the diffusion plate.
本申请实施例的显示装置中,利用光学膜片、扩散板及显示面板配合,光学膜片的外边界超出显示面板的显示区,并位于非显示区的内边界与外边界之间,同时扩散板的外边界超出光学膜片的外边界,故可以有效地代替导光件起到散光作用,解决显示面边界的暗影问题,进而实现显示面板的粘接结构的优化,简化生产工序,降低生产成本。同时透明胶线能够将显示面板粘接固定在扩散板上,有效地解决因光学膜片的分层问题而导致的显示面板的粘接可靠性问题,且透明胶线能够透光,也能起到一定散光作用,辅助解决显示区边界的暗影问题。In the display device of the embodiment of the present application, the optical film, the diffuser plate, and the display panel are used in cooperation, and the outer boundary of the optical film extends beyond the display area of the display panel, and is located between the inner and outer boundaries of the non-display area, and diffuses at the same time. The outer boundary of the board exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film, so it can effectively replace the light guide to play the role of astigmatism, solve the shadow problem of the display surface boundary, and then optimize the bonding structure of the display panel, simplify the production process, and reduce production. cost. At the same time, the transparent glue line can bond and fix the display panel on the diffuser, effectively solving the problem of bonding reliability of the display panel caused by the delamination problem of the optical film, and the transparent glue line can transmit light and can also play To a certain degree of astigmatism, it assists in solving the shadow problem at the boundary of the display area.
本申请还提供了一种显示装置,由于在导光板上方设有对导光板射出的光线进行匀化的扩散板,因此可以减少显示区域中的暗带现象。对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。The present application also provides a display device. Since a diffuser plate that homogenizes the light emitted by the light guide plate is provided above the light guide plate, the dark band phenomenon in the display area can be reduced. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
本申请一些实施例中,扩散板支撑在中框和胶框的至少一者的延伸部上,由此可以用简单的结构实现扩散板的支撑。In some embodiments of the present application, the diffuser plate is supported on the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame, so that the support of the diffuser plate can be realized with a simple structure.
本申请一些实施例中,中框和胶框的至少一者的延伸部上设有反射面,反射面用于将导光板的位于延伸部内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板,因此可以增加导光板和延伸部交界部分处的光线的利用率,因此可以减少显示区域中的暗带现象。对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame is provided with a reflective surface. The utilization rate of the light at the junction of the light guide plate and the extension part can reduce the dark band phenomenon in the display area. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部的内边缘可以对导光板的上表面外边缘射出的光线进行遮挡,以避免在显示面板的显示区域中出现亮边现象。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner edge of the extension portion can block the light emitted from the outer edge of the upper surface of the light guide plate to avoid bright edges in the display area of the display panel.
即使延伸部进入与显示区域对应的区域中,由于延伸部上设有反射面,因此可以增加导光板和延伸部交界部分处的光线的利用率,再加上导光板上方设有扩散板,因此对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。Even if the extension part enters the area corresponding to the display area, because the extension part is provided with a reflective surface, the utilization rate of the light at the junction of the light guide plate and the extension part can be increased, and a diffuser is provided above the light guide plate, so For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
本申请一些实施例中,反射面为延伸部的内侧端部表面,使反射面容易加工且结构简单。反射面为朝外倾斜的斜面,这样形成的斜面利于来自导光板的光线反射到扩散板中。In some embodiments of the present application, the reflective surface is the inner end surface of the extension portion, which makes the reflective surface easy to process and simple in structure. The reflecting surface is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of light from the light guide plate into the diffuser plate.
本申请一些实施例中,还将导光板上表面和扩散板下表面之间的垂直距离OD2设置得较大。这样位于导光板和扩散板之间的空气层可以对将延伸部的侧端部反射的光线起到更好地混光、匀光作用,即使延伸部进入到显示区域中的部分较多,也不会在显示区域中出现暗带缺陷。In some embodiments of the present application, the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate and the lower surface of the diffuser plate is also set to be larger. In this way, the air layer located between the light guide plate and the diffuser can better mix and homogenize the light reflected from the side end of the extension, even if the extension enters the display area more, No dark band defects will appear in the display area.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部在显示面板上的投影的内边缘与显示区域的外边缘的最大距离为D2,导光板上表面和扩散板下表面之间的垂直距离为OD2,满足0.5OD2≤D2≤2OD2。经过仿真模拟和实际试验证实,满足该关系的情况下显示区域的显示效果最佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension on the display panel and the outer edge of the display area is D2, and the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate and the lower surface of the diffuser is OD2, which satisfies 0.5OD2 ≤D2≤2OD2. Simulations and actual tests have confirmed that the display effect of the display area is the best when the relationship is satisfied.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部的上端面在显示面板上的投影的内边缘位于显示区域的外边缘内侧。即延伸部的上端面在显示面板上的投影与显示区域有重叠区域。由于延伸部的侧端部设置的反射面能够消除显示区域暗带的情况,因此延伸部的上端面也可以进入到显示区域对应的区域中。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the extension portion on the display panel is located inside the outer edge of the display area. That is, the projection of the upper end surface of the extension on the display panel and the display area overlap. Since the reflective surface provided at the side end of the extension can eliminate the dark band of the display area, the upper end surface of the extension can also enter the area corresponding to the display area.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部和导光板在显示面板上的投影中,延伸部的内边缘位于导光板外边缘内侧,这样,延伸部可以对扩散板的外边缘射出的光线进行遮挡,以避免在显示面板的显示区域中出现亮边现象。In some embodiments of the present application, in the projection of the extension part and the light guide plate on the display panel, the inner edge of the extension part is located inside the outer edge of the light guide plate. In this way, the extension part can block the light emitted from the outer edge of the diffuser. Avoid bright edges in the display area of the display panel.
而延伸部也会进入与显示区域对应的区域中,由于延伸部上设有反射面,因此可以增加导光板和延伸部交界部分处的光线的利用率,因此对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。The extension part will also enter the area corresponding to the display area. Since the extension part is provided with a reflective surface, the utilization rate of the light at the junction of the light guide plate and the extension part can be increased. Therefore, for a display panel with a very narrow BM area, The display effect is also better.
本申请一些实施例中,扩散板为刚性扩散板,使扩散板上的各处均和导光板具有相同的距离,使光线更柔和、均匀;反射面上涂覆有反光材料,使反射面的反射效果更佳。In some embodiments of the application, the diffuser plate is a rigid diffuser plate, so that every part of the diffuser plate has the same distance from the light guide plate, so that the light is softer and more uniform; the reflective surface is coated with reflective material to make the reflective surface The reflection effect is better.
本申请还提供一种光源位于混光腔中的显示面板,包括具有延伸部的背板组件,延伸部伸入到显示面板的显示区域下方,由于在延伸部上设有反射面,反射面用于将扩散板的位于延伸部内侧的部分出射的光线反射至显示面板,因此可以增加扩散板和显示面板交界部分处的光线的利用率,因此可以减少显示区域中的暗带现象。对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。The present application also provides a display panel with a light source located in a light mixing cavity, which includes a backplane assembly with an extension part that extends below the display area of the display panel. Since the extension part is provided with a reflective surface, the reflective surface is used for In order to reflect the light emitted from the part of the diffuser inside the extension to the display panel, the utilization rate of the light at the interface between the diffuser and the display panel can be increased, and the dark band phenomenon in the display area can be reduced. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
本申请一些实施例中,显示面板支撑在中框和胶框的至少一者的延伸部上,由此可以用简单的结构实现显示面板的支撑。In some embodiments of the present application, the display panel is supported on the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame, so that the support of the display panel can be realized with a simple structure.
本申请一些实施例中,反射面为延伸部的内侧端部表面,使反射面容易加工且结构简单。In some embodiments of the present application, the reflective surface is the inner end surface of the extension portion, which makes the reflective surface easy to process and simple in structure.
反射面为朝外倾斜的斜面,这样形成的斜面利于将来自扩散板的光线反射到显示面板中。The reflecting surface is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of light from the diffuser into the display panel.
本申请一些实施例中,还将扩散板上表面和显示面板下表面之间的垂直距离OD1设置得较大。这样位于扩散板和显示面板之间的空气层可以对延伸部的侧端部反射的光线起到更好地混光、匀光作用,即使延伸部进入到显示区域中的部分较多,也不会在显示区域中出现暗带缺陷。In some embodiments of the present application, the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel is also set to be larger. In this way, the air layer located between the diffuser and the display panel can better mix and homogenize the light reflected from the side end of the extension, even if the extension enters the display area more, it will not Dark band defects will appear in the display area.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部在显示面板上的投影的内边缘与显示区域的外边缘的最大距离为D1,扩散板上表面和显示面板下表面之间的垂直距离为OD1,满足0.5OD1≤D1≤2OD1。经过仿真模拟和实际试验证实,满足该关系的情况下显示区域的显示效果最佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension on the display panel and the outer edge of the display area is D1, and the vertical distance between the surface of the diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel is OD1, which satisfies 0.5OD1 ≤D1≤2OD1. Simulations and actual tests have confirmed that the display effect of the display area is the best when the relationship is satisfied.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部的上端面在显示面板上的投影的内边缘位于显示区域的外边缘内侧。即,延伸部的上端面在显示面板上的投影与显示区域有重叠区域。由于延伸部的侧端部设置的反射面能够消除显示区域暗带的情况,因此延伸部的上端面也可以进入到显示区域对应的区域中。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the extension portion on the display panel is located inside the outer edge of the display area. That is, the projection of the upper end surface of the extension on the display panel and the display area overlap. Since the reflective surface provided at the side end of the extension can eliminate the dark band of the display area, the upper end surface of the extension can also enter the area corresponding to the display area.
本申请一些实施例中,反射面为白色或银色等浅色系,这样可使反射面的反射效果较佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the reflective surface is of light color such as white or silver, so that the reflective effect of the reflective surface can be better.
本申请一些实施例中,反射面上涂覆有反光材料,以使反射面的反射效果较佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the reflective surface is coated with a reflective material, so that the reflective surface has a better reflection effect.
本申请一些实施例中,显示面板为刚性层。这样可以防止显示面板向下塌陷,影响空气层混光、匀光效果。In some embodiments of the present application, the display panel is a rigid layer. This can prevent the display panel from collapsing downwards and affect the air layer mixing and uniform light effects.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部的上端面在显示面板上的投影的内边缘位于显示区域的 外边缘内侧0.7mm~1.5mm。位于这个范围时,显示面板的显示效果最佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the extension portion on the display panel is located 0.7mm to 1.5mm inside the outer edge of the display area. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel is the best.
本申请提供一种显示装置,该显示装置包括:The present application provides a display device, which includes:
显示面板,用于显示图像,包括用于显示的正面和与正面相对的背面,显示面板包括显示区域以及位于显示区域周边的非显示区域;A display panel for displaying images, including a front surface for display and a back surface opposite to the front surface, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located around the display area;
扩散板,位于显示面板的背面一侧,扩散板的侧边相对于显示面板的同一侧的侧边向外伸出;The diffuser is located on the back side of the display panel, and the side of the diffuser extends outward relative to the side of the same side of the display panel;
背板,用于支撑扩散板,背板包括连接面,连接面与扩散板的侧边粘结固定。The back plate is used to support the diffuser plate. The back plate includes a connecting surface, and the connecting surface is bonded and fixed to the side of the diffuser plate.
另一方面,本申请提供一种显示装置,该显示装置包括:In another aspect, the present application provides a display device, which includes:
显示面板,用于显示图像,包括用于显示的正面和与正面相对的背面,显示面板包括显示区域以及位于显示区域周边的非显示区域;A display panel for displaying images, including a front surface for display and a back surface opposite to the front surface, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located around the display area;
扩散板,位于显示面板的背面一侧,扩散板的侧边相对于显示面板的同一侧的侧边向外伸出;The diffuser is located on the back side of the display panel, and the side of the diffuser extends outward relative to the side of the same side of the display panel;
中框,用于支撑扩散板,中框包括连接面,连接面与扩散板的侧边粘结固定。The middle frame is used to support the diffuser plate. The middle frame includes a connecting surface, and the connecting surface is bonded and fixed to the side of the diffuser plate.
在一种可能的实施方式中,扩散板与连接面之间通过框胶连接,框胶的涂覆区域的内边界未超出显示面板的非显示区域的内边界。In a possible implementation manner, the diffusion plate and the connecting surface are connected by a sealant, and the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant does not exceed the inner boundary of the non-display area of the display panel.
在一种可能的实施方式中,显示装置还包括:光学膜片,光学膜片位于显示面板和扩散板之间;In a possible implementation manner, the display device further includes: an optical film, the optical film being located between the display panel and the diffusion plate;
显示面板与光学膜片之间以及光学膜片与扩散板之间贴合固定。The display panel and the optical film and between the optical film and the diffuser are bonded and fixed.
在一种可能的实施方式中,显示面板与光学膜片之间以及光学膜片与扩散板之间整面覆盖有透明光学胶层,以通过透明光学胶层连接显示面板、光学膜片和扩散板。In a possible implementation manner, the entire surface between the display panel and the optical film and between the optical film and the diffuser is covered with a transparent optical adhesive layer, so as to connect the display panel, the optical film and the diffuser through the transparent optical adhesive layer. plate.
在一种可能的实施方式中,背板包括:In a possible implementation manner, the backplane includes:
主体部,位于背板的中间部位,主体部与扩散板之间具有间距;The main body is located in the middle of the back plate, and there is a distance between the main body and the diffuser;
边框部,连接于主体部的边缘,用于和扩散板连接,连接面位于边框部。The frame part is connected to the edge of the main body part for connecting with the diffuser, and the connecting surface is located at the frame part.
在一种可能的实施方式中,主体部和边框部一体成型,或者,主体部与边框部通过连接件连接。In a possible embodiment, the main body part and the frame part are integrally formed, or the main body part and the frame part are connected by a connector.
在一种可能的实施方式中,扩散板的侧边伸出至显示面板的侧边的伸出长度范围为0-1mm。In a possible implementation, the protruding length of the side edge of the diffuser plate to the side edge of the display panel ranges from 0 to 1 mm.
在一种可能的实施方式中,光学膜片的侧边位于显示面板的非显示区域内。In a possible implementation manner, the side edge of the optical film is located in the non-display area of the display panel.
在一种可能的实施方式中,显示面板、光学膜片及扩散板的侧边涂覆有侧封胶。In a possible implementation manner, the sides of the display panel, the optical film and the diffusion plate are coated with side sealant.
在一种可能的实施方式中,背板的侧边与扩散板的侧边平齐;或者,背板的侧边伸出至扩散板的侧边的外侧。In a possible implementation, the side edge of the back plate is flush with the side edge of the diffuser plate; or, the side edge of the back plate extends to the outside of the side edge of the diffuser plate.
本申请提供的显示装置,包括显示面板和背光模组,背光模组位于显示面板的背面,用来为显示面板提供充足的亮度和分布均匀的光源;背光模组包括设置在显示面板背面的扩散板和背板,背板作为整个背光模组的支撑而位于背光模组的底部,扩散板位于背板上方,其用于将背光模组提供的光源均匀化;其中,扩散板与背板侧边缘的连接面之间粘贴连接,并且扩散板的侧边伸出至显示面板的侧边的外侧,这样扩散板边缘到显示面板的非 显示区域与显示区域之间的界限的距离较大,即扩散板的边缘具有较大的宽度,扩散板边缘与背板边缘的连接面之间具有较大的重合面积,增大了扩散板边缘与背板连接面之间的粘胶区域的宽度,不仅可以提高扩散板与背板之间的连接强度,还可以避免粘胶区域的内边界进入显示面板的显示区域,防止对显示面板边缘的显示效果造成影响。The display device provided by the present application includes a display panel and a backlight module. The backlight module is located on the back of the display panel to provide sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources for the display panel; the backlight module includes a diffuser arranged on the back of the display panel The back plate is located at the bottom of the backlight module as the support of the entire backlight module, and the diffuser plate is located above the back plate, which is used to homogenize the light source provided by the backlight module; among them, the diffuser plate and the back plate side The connecting surfaces of the edges are glued and connected, and the side of the diffuser extends to the outside of the side of the display panel, so that the distance between the edge of the diffuser and the boundary between the non-display area of the display panel and the display area is relatively large, that is, The edge of the diffuser has a larger width, and the connecting surface between the edge of the diffuser and the edge of the back plate has a larger overlap area, which increases the width of the glue area between the edge of the diffuser and the connecting surface of the back plate, not only The connection strength between the diffuser plate and the back plate can be improved, and the inner boundary of the glue area can be prevented from entering the display area of the display panel, and the display effect of the edge of the display panel can be prevented from being affected.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的分解结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的剖视结构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of a display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中框22和胶框21的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中背板24的结构示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the back plate 24 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中背板组件20的安装结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the backplane assembly 20 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中背板24和中框22的安装结构示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the back plate 24 and the middle frame 22 in the display device 100 according to the first embodiment of the present application;
图7是图6的B部件的局部放大示意图;Fig. 7 is a partial enlarged schematic diagram of part B of Fig. 6;
图8是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的另一方向的剖视结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the display device 100 in another direction according to the first embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的光路分析示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of light path analysis of the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application;
图10是作为比较例提供的显示装置300的光路分析示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of optical path analysis of a display device 300 provided as a comparative example;
图11是本申请实施例二提供的另一种结构的显示装置200的剖视结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of a display device 200 of another structure provided in the second embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请中提供的显示装置的剖视图;Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the display device provided in this application;
图13为本申请某些实施例提供的显示装置的局部结构图;FIG. 13 is a partial structural diagram of a display device provided by some embodiments of the application;
图14为本申请某些实施例提供的显示装置的局部剖视图;FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of a display device provided by some embodiments of the application;
图15是相关技术中显示面板的一种固定方案的结构示意图,该方案中显示面板固定于背板组件的中框或背板上;15 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing solution of a display panel in the related art, in which the display panel is fixed on the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly;
图16是相关技术中显示面板的另一种固定方案的结构示意图,该方案中显示面板固定于光学膜片上;16 is a schematic structural diagram of another fixing solution of the display panel in the related art, in which the display panel is fixed on the optical film;
图17是本申请一实施例显示装置的剖视图;FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a display device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18是图17的布局放大结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the enlarged structure of the layout of FIG. 17;
图19是图18中A区域的放大结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure of area A in FIG. 18;
图20是本申请实施例的显示面板的第二种粘接结构示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of a second bonding structure of the display panel of the embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请实施例的显示面板的第三种粘接结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a third bonding structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请实施例的显示面板的第四种粘接结构示意图;22 is a schematic diagram of a fourth bonding structure of the display panel of the embodiment of the present application;
图23是本申请实施例的显示面板的第五种粘接结构示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a fifth bonding structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图24是本申请实施例的显示面板的第六种粘接结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a sixth bonding structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图25是本申请实施例的扩散板和光学膜片的结构示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a diffuser plate and an optical film according to an embodiment of the present application.
附图标记说明如下:The reference signs are explained as follows:
100、200、300-显示装置;10、50-背光模组;20、60-背板组件;21、61-胶框;22-中框;23-延伸结构;24、69-背板;27、52-扩散板;211、611-第三横壁;212、612-胶框 侧壁;221-第一横壁;222-第二横壁;223-中框侧壁;224-第一横壁上端面;225-第一横壁下端面;30-第一反射面;31、33-第三反射面;90-反射面;40-显示面板;41、55-反射片;42、53-光源;43-显示区域;44-黑边区域;45-电路板;46-导光板;47、51-光学膜片;48-前壳;49-散热器;54-支柱;56-混光腔;614-半封闭腔体;100"、1"-显示面板;110"、11"-显示区域;120"、12"-非显示区域;200"、2"-光学片;300"、3"-扩散板;400"、4"-背板;41"-主体部;42"-边框部;421"-连接面;500"、5"-侧封胶;600"-中框;7"-框胶;8"-透明光学胶层;9"-扩散板支架;1/1a/1b、显示面板;11/11a/11b、非显示区;12/12a/12b、显示区;13、侧封胶;2/2a/2b、光学膜片;201、裁切区;3/3a/3b、扩散板;4、透明胶线;5、遮光胶线;6、透明胶层;7/7a/7b、背板组件;71、背板;72、中框;73、外框;701/701a、第一承载部;702/702a、第二承载部;8/8a/8b、导光件;9/9a/9b、遮光胶带;10b、发光光源。100, 200, 300-display device; 10, 50-backlight module; 20, 60-back panel assembly; 21, 61-plastic frame; 22-middle frame; 23-extension structure; 24, 69-back panel; 27 , 52- diffuser plate; 211, 611- third transverse wall; 212, 612- plastic frame side wall; 221- first transverse wall; 222- second transverse wall; 223- middle frame side wall; 224- upper end surface of first transverse wall; 225-lower end surface of the first transverse wall; 30-first reflective surface; 31, 33-third reflective surface; 90-reflective surface; 40-display panel; 41,55-reflective sheet; 42,53-light source; 43-display Area; 44- black border area; 45- circuit board; 46- light guide plate; 47, 51- optical film; 48- front shell; 49- heat sink; 54- pillar; 56- light mixing cavity; 614- semi-enclosed Cavity; 100", 1"-display panel; 110", 11"-display area; 120", 12"-non-display area; 200", 2"-optical sheet; 300", 3"-diffusion plate; 400 ", 4"-back plate; 41"-body part; 42"-frame part; 421"-connection surface; 500", 5"-side sealant; 600"-middle frame; 7"-frame glue; 8" -Transparent optical adhesive layer; 9"-diffusion plate holder; 1/1a/1b, display panel; 11/11a/11b, non-display area; 12/12a/12b, display area; 13, side sealant; 2/2a /2b, optical film; 201, cutting area; 3/3a/3b, diffusion plate; 4. transparent glue line; 5. light-shielding glue line; 6. transparent glue layer; 7/7a/7b, back panel assembly; 71. Backplane; 72, middle frame; 73, outer frame; 701/701a, first bearing part; 702/702a, second bearing part; 8/8a/8b, light guide; 9/9a/9b, shading Adhesive tape; 10b, luminous light source.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
体现本申请特征与优点的典型实施方式将在以下的说明中详细叙述。应理解的是本申请能够在不同的实施方式上具有各种的变化,其皆不脱离本申请的范围,且其中的说明及图示在本质上是当作说明之用,而非用以限制本申请。Typical implementations that embody the features and advantages of the present application will be described in detail in the following description. It should be understood that the application can have various changes in different implementations, which do not depart from the scope of the application, and the descriptions and illustrations therein are essentially for illustrative purposes, rather than limiting This application.
在本申请的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。In the description of this application, it should be understood that the terms "center", "longitudinal", "transverse", "length", "width", "thickness", "upper", "lower", "front", " "Back", "Left", "Right", "Vertical", "Horizontal", "Top", "Bottom", "Inner", "Outer", "Clockwise", "Counterclockwise" and other directions or The positional relationship is based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the drawings, and is only for the convenience of describing the application and simplifying the description, and does not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, Therefore, it cannot be understood as a restriction on this application.
此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个所述特征。在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the present application, "multiple" means two or more than two, unless otherwise specifically defined.
在本申请的描述中,需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。In the description of this application, it should be noted that the terms "installation", "connection", and "connection" should be understood in a broad sense, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited. For example, it can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection. Connected or integrally connected; it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, and it can be the internal communication between two components. For those of ordinary skill in the art, the specific meanings of the above terms in this application can be understood under specific circumstances.
液晶显示装置包括:背光模组、液晶显示面板和驱动电路。液晶显示面板本身不发光,需要依靠背光模组提供的光源实现亮度显示。The liquid crystal display device includes: a backlight module, a liquid crystal display panel, and a driving circuit. The liquid crystal display panel itself does not emit light and needs to rely on the light source provided by the backlight module to achieve brightness display.
液晶显示装置的显像原理,是将液晶置于两片导电玻璃之间,靠两个电极间电场的驱动,引起液晶分子扭曲向列的电场效应,以控制背光模组透射或遮蔽功能,从而将影像显示出来。若加上彩色滤光片,则可显示彩色影像。The imaging principle of the liquid crystal display device is to place the liquid crystal between two pieces of conductive glass, driven by the electric field between the two electrodes, causing the liquid crystal molecules to twist the nematic electric field effect, so as to control the transmission or shielding function of the backlight module. Display the image. If color filters are added, color images can be displayed.
显示面板包括显示区域和围设在显示区域周围的黑边区域(Black Matrix,BM)。在相 关技术中,背光模组中通常包括俯视时伸入到显示面板的显示区域中的结构件,这些结构件伸入到显示区域中的部分会在显示区域中造成暗影等缺陷。通常,为了不对显示面板的正常显示造成影响,这些伸入到显示区域中的结构件会被遮盖在显示面板的黑边区域的正下方。The display panel includes a display area and a black matrix (BM) surrounding the display area. In related technologies, the backlight module usually includes structural elements that extend into the display area of the display panel when viewed from above. The portions of these structural elements that extend into the display area will cause defects such as dark shadows in the display area. Generally, in order not to affect the normal display of the display panel, these structural elements that extend into the display area are covered directly under the black border area of the display panel.
但对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,由于黑边区域较窄,上述的结构件很容易进入到显示区域对应的区域中,导致显示面板的显示区域中出现暗带等缺陷,因此导致极窄BM区域的显示装置显示效果较差。However, for a display panel with a very narrow BM area, due to the narrow black border area, the above-mentioned structural components can easily enter the area corresponding to the display area, resulting in defects such as dark bands in the display area of the display panel, thus resulting in an extremely narrow BM The display effect of the regional display device is poor.
为了解决上述问题,本申请提供了一种显示装置。由于背光模组根据光源的位置可以分为侧光式背光模组和直下式背光模组,因此以下分别对两种情况进行说明。In order to solve the above problems, the present application provides a display device. Since the backlight module can be divided into an edge-type backlight module and a direct-type backlight module according to the position of the light source, the following two situations will be described respectively.
实施例一Example one
本实施例中,显示装置100采用侧光式背光模组10。In this embodiment, the display device 100 adopts an edge-lit backlight module 10.
<显示装置的组成><Composition of display device>
图1是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的分解结构示意图,图2是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的剖视结构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application, and FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a cross-sectional structure of the display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
参照图1,显示装置100包括背光模组10和显示面板40,背光模组10用于向显示面板40提供背光源。1, the display device 100 includes a backlight module 10 and a display panel 40, and the backlight module 10 is used to provide a backlight source to the display panel 40.
背光模组10包括背板组件20以及至少两层光学膜材,在侧光式背光模组10中,至少两层光学膜材可以包括反射片41、导光板46、扩散板27等。The backlight module 10 includes a back plate assembly 20 and at least two layers of optical film materials. In the edge-lit backlight module 10, the at least two layers of optical film materials may include a reflective sheet 41, a light guide plate 46, a diffuser plate 27, and the like.
在本申请中,扩散板27具体指对光线起到匀光和散射作用的层。In the present application, the diffuser 27 specifically refers to a layer that plays a role of uniform light and scattering of light.
参照图1,沿着显示装置100中光线的出光方向C,背光模组10包括起到支撑作用的背板组件20、反射片41、导光板46、扩散板27、光学膜片47、以及位于背板组件20一侧的光源42和散热器49。1, along the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 100, the backlight module 10 includes a supporting back plate assembly 20, a reflective sheet 41, a light guide plate 46, a diffuser plate 27, an optical film 47, and a The light source 42 and the heat sink 49 on one side of the back plate assembly 20.
[显示面板][Display Panel]
显示面板40用于显示图像,包括显示区域43和围绕在显示区域43外侧的黑边区域44(Black Matrix,BM区域),显示区域43的外边缘如图1所示的虚线框A所示。The display panel 40 is used to display images, and includes a display area 43 and a black matrix area 44 (Black Matrix, BM area) surrounding the outside of the display area 43. The outer edge of the display area 43 is shown by the dashed frame A shown in FIG. 1.
进一步的,在显示面板40一侧还设有电路板45,通过电路板45可以实现对整个显示面板40的驱动显示。Further, a circuit board 45 is also provided on one side of the display panel 40, and the entire display panel 40 can be driven and displayed through the circuit board 45.
参照图1,显示装置100包括天侧T、左侧Z、右侧Y和地侧D,其中天侧T和地侧D相对,左侧Z和右侧Y相对。1, the display device 100 includes a sky side T, a left side Z, a right side Y, and a ground side D, where the sky side T and the ground side D are opposite, and the left side Z and the right side Y are opposite.
在本申请实施例中,为了便于说明,也将显示装置100中光线的出光方向C称为上方。In the embodiment of the present application, for ease of description, the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 100 is also referred to as upper.
[光源][light source]
光源42用于产生光线,光源42一般位于显示装置100的地侧D,也可以根据需要设置在显示装置100的其它侧。The light source 42 is used to generate light. The light source 42 is generally located on the ground side D of the display device 100, and can also be located on other sides of the display device 100 as required.
侧光式背光模组10中,光源42一般以灯条的形式提供,包括电路基板以及位于电路基板上的多颗LED灯,光源42发出的光线从导光板46的一侧进入。In the edge-lit backlight module 10, the light source 42 is generally provided in the form of a light bar, including a circuit substrate and a plurality of LED lights on the circuit substrate. The light emitted by the light source 42 enters from one side of the light guide plate 46.
[反射片][A reflective sheet]
反射片41用于将光线反射到出光方向上,利于光源42发出的光线均匀分布。在侧光式别光模组中,反射片41一般位于导光板46的背面。The reflective sheet 41 is used to reflect light to the light emitting direction, which facilitates the uniform distribution of the light emitted by the light source 42. In the side-light type light module, the reflective sheet 41 is generally located on the back of the light guide plate 46.
反射片41一般分为银反射片和白反射片两种,银反射片是在PET基材表面镀有一层高导电率的金属薄膜,白反射片一般是PET基材夹着高折射率的TiO2形成。The reflective sheet 41 is generally divided into two types: silver reflective sheet and white reflective sheet. The silver reflective sheet is coated with a high-conductivity metal film on the surface of the PET substrate. The white reflective sheet is generally a PET substrate sandwiched with high refractive index TiO2. form.
[导光板][Light guide plate]
导光板46包括入光侧和出光侧,光源42位于导光板46的入光侧,利用导光板46的折射和全反射作用将从入光侧进入的光线在导光板46的出光侧射出,由此将线光源转化为面光源,出光侧为图1中C箭头所示出的方向。The light guide plate 46 includes a light entrance side and a light exit side. The light source 42 is located on the light entrance side of the light guide plate 46, and the light entering from the light guide plate 46 is emitted from the light exit side of the light guide plate 46 by the refraction and total reflection of the light guide plate 46. This converts the linear light source into a surface light source, and the light emitting side is in the direction indicated by the C arrow in FIG. 1.
反射片41位于导光板46的与出光侧相对的一侧。The reflective sheet 41 is located on the side of the light guide plate 46 opposite to the light emitting side.
导光板46的材质为玻璃、PMMA(Poly Methyl Meth-acrylate,俗称亚克力Acrylics)或PC(Polycarbonate,聚碳酸酯)。The material of the light guide plate 46 is glass, PMMA (Poly Methyl Meth-acrylate, commonly known as Acrylics) or PC (Polycarbonate, polycarbonate).
[光学膜片][Optical Film]
光学膜片47,光学膜片47位于扩散板27的出光侧,可以对扩散板27射出的光线进行匀化。The optical film 47 and the optical film 47 are located on the light exit side of the diffuser plate 27 and can homogenize the light emitted by the diffuser plate 27.
光学膜片47可包括一张或多张膜片,包括扩散片、棱镜膜、增亮膜中的至少一种。The optical film 47 may include one or more films, including at least one of a diffusion film, a prism film, and a brightness enhancement film.
其中,扩散片主要起到遮蔽导光板46网点或扩散板本体27微结构、提升出射光亮度、提高亮度均匀性和改善视角的作用。扩散片的基材一般为PET。Among them, the diffuser mainly functions to shield the dots of the light guide plate 46 or the microstructure of the diffuser body 27, enhance the brightness of the emitted light, improve the brightness uniformity, and improve the viewing angle. The base material of the diffusion sheet is generally PET.
根据扩散片应用中的堆叠位置关系不同,可分为下扩散片和上扩散片。下扩散片靠近导光板46,其高雾度对导光板46网点可以起到很好的遮蔽作用。上扩散片一般介于棱镜膜和液晶盒下偏光片之间,主要作用是防止棱镜片产生摩尔纹或牛顿环,增加出射光视角和亮度均匀性。增加出射光视角和亮度均匀性。According to the different stacking position relationships in the application of the diffuser, it can be divided into a lower diffuser and an upper diffuser. The lower diffuser is close to the light guide plate 46, and its high haze can effectively shield the dots of the light guide plate 46. The upper diffuser is generally between the prism film and the lower polarizer of the liquid crystal cell, and its main function is to prevent the prism film from generating moiré or Newton rings, and increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light. Increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light.
[前壳][Front shell]
前壳48也称为前框,位于显示面板40的地侧D一端,用于遮蔽位于显示面板40地侧D端的电路板45。The front case 48 is also called a front frame, and is located at an end of the ground side D of the display panel 40 for shielding the circuit board 45 located at the end D of the ground side of the display panel 40.
相应地,显示装置100中的显示面板40、背板组件20、反射片41、导光板46、光学膜片47的各方向端部也分别位于天侧T、左侧Z、右侧Y和地侧D。Correspondingly, the end portions of the display panel 40, the back plate assembly 20, the reflective sheet 41, the light guide plate 46, and the optical film 47 in the display device 100 are also located on the sky side T, the left side Z, the right side Y, and the ground, respectively. Side D.
[背板组件][Backboard Components]
上述的各层光学膜材和显示面板40等可以在上下方向上依次支撑在背板组件20形成的容置空间。本申请中的上下方向是指显示装置的厚度方向。The above-mentioned layers of optical film materials and the display panel 40 may be sequentially supported in the accommodating space formed by the backplane assembly 20 in the vertical direction. The up-down direction in this application refers to the thickness direction of the display device.
参照图1和图2所示,背板组件20用于固定导光板46、光源42、扩散板27和显示面板40等。例如,导光板46、扩散板27、显示面板40可以由下到上依次固定在上述由背板组件20形成的容置空间,其中,扩散板27位于导光板46的上方。1 and 2, the back plate assembly 20 is used to fix the light guide plate 46, the light source 42, the diffuser plate 27, the display panel 40, and the like. For example, the light guide plate 46, the diffuser plate 27, and the display panel 40 can be sequentially fixed in the accommodation space formed by the back plate assembly 20 from bottom to top, wherein the diffuser plate 27 is located above the light guide plate 46.
图3是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中中框22和胶框21的结构示意图,图4是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中背板24的结构示意图,图5是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中背板组件背板组件20的安装结构示意图。3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 in the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the back plate 24 in the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application. The first embodiment of the application provides a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the backplane assembly 20 in the display device 100.
图6是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100中背板24和中框22的安装结构示意图, 图7是图6的B部件的局部放大示意图,图8是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的另一方向的剖视结构示意图。6 is a schematic diagram of the installation structure of the back plate 24 and the middle frame 22 in the display device 100 provided in the first embodiment of the present application. FIG. 7 is a partial enlarged schematic diagram of the B component in FIG. A schematic cross-sectional view of the device 100 in another direction.
图9是本申请实施例一提供的显示装置100的光路分析示意图,图10是作为比较例提供的显示装置的光路分析示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of light path analysis of the display device 100 provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application, and FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of light path analysis of the display device provided as a comparative example.
参照图2、图3、图4、图5、图8所示,背板组件20包括位于导光板46侧方的中框22,在其它一些示例中,还包括位于导光板46侧方的胶框21,且中框22和胶框21的至少一者具有伸入到扩散板27与导光板46之间的延伸部,延伸部向显示装置内侧延伸,延伸部还伸入到与显示面板40的显示区域43对应的区域中。例如,延伸部在显示面板上的正投影和显示区域43具有重叠区域。Referring to Figures 2, 3, 4, 5, and 8, the backplane assembly 20 includes a middle frame 22 located on the side of the light guide plate 46, and in some other examples, it also includes glue located on the side of the light guide plate 46. The frame 21, and at least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 has an extension part that extends between the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46. The display area 43 corresponds to the area. For example, the orthographic projection of the extension on the display panel and the display area 43 have an overlapping area.
虽然延伸部进入到显示面板40的显示区域43下方,但由于在导光板46上方设有对导光板46射出的光线进行匀化的扩散板27,因此可以减少显示区域中的暗带现象。对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。Although the extension part enters below the display area 43 of the display panel 40, since the diffuser 27 that homogenizes the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 is provided above the light guide plate 46, the dark band phenomenon in the display area can be reduced. For a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
而现有的侧光式显示装置中,出于对显示装置厚度的控制考虑,一般不会在导光板上方设置扩散板,而本申请为了避免显示面板中的暗带现象,特别添加了扩散板,达到了较好的消除暗带的效果。In the existing edge-lit display device, in consideration of the control of the thickness of the display device, a diffuser plate is generally not arranged above the light guide plate. In order to avoid the dark band phenomenon in the display panel, a diffuser plate is specially added in this application. , To achieve a better effect of eliminating dark bands.
需要说明的是,本申请中,中框22和胶框21的至少一者具体指:中框22;或者,中框22和胶框21;或者,胶框21这三种情况。It should be noted that in this application, at least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 specifically refers to the three cases: the middle frame 22; or, the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21; or, the plastic frame 21.
由此,中框22和胶框21的至少一者具有延伸部,包含以下三种情况:Therefore, at least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 has an extension, including the following three situations:
只有中框22具有延伸部;或者Only the middle frame 22 has an extension; or
只有胶框21具有延伸部;或者Only the plastic frame 21 has an extension; or
中框22和胶框21上均具有延伸部。Both the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 have extensions.
需要说明的是,与上述类似的,扩散板支撑在中框和胶框的至少一者的延伸部上,具体是指扩散板支撑在中框上,或者支撑在胶框,或者同时支撑在中框和胶框这二者的延伸部上这三种情况,本申请中,类似的说法都可作此解释,以下不再赘述。It should be noted that, similar to the above, the diffuser is supported on the extension of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame, which specifically means that the diffuser is supported on the middle frame, or supported by the plastic frame, or supported at the same time. For the three situations on the extensions of the frame and the plastic frame, similar statements in this application can all be interpreted as such, and will not be repeated in the following.
本申请实施例中,以在中框22和在胶框21上均设有延伸部为例来进行说明,对于只在中框22上设置延伸部,和只在胶框21上设置延伸部的情况中,用于减少显示区域中暗带和亮边的方法与此类似,此处也不再赘述。In the embodiments of the present application, an extension part is provided on both the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 as an example for description. For the case where the extension part is provided only on the middle frame 22 and the extension part is provided only on the plastic frame 21 In this case, the method for reducing the dark bands and bright edges in the display area is similar to this, and will not be repeated here.
参照图2、图3、图4、图8,背板组件20还包括背板24,中框22和胶框21均可以设置在背板24上。在侧光式背光模组10中,背板24可以为板状件,中框22可为框状件、胶框21可以为条状件。2, 3, 4, and 8, the back plate assembly 20 further includes a back plate 24, and both the middle frame 22 and the rubber frame 21 can be arranged on the back plate 24. In the edge-lit backlight module 10, the back plate 24 may be a plate-shaped member, the middle frame 22 may be a frame-shaped member, and the plastic frame 21 may be a strip-shaped member.
中框22可以沿着整个导光板46的四周边缘的延伸方向延伸。但本申请不限于此,在图3中,例示出的是沿着导光板46的天侧T、左侧Z、右侧Y延伸的例子。或者,中框22还可以沿着导光板46的天侧T、沿着导光板46的左侧Z、右侧Y的部分结构延伸。The middle frame 22 may extend along the extension direction of the entire peripheral edge of the light guide plate 46. However, the present application is not limited to this. In FIG. 3, an example that extends along the sky side T, the left side Z, and the right side Y of the light guide plate 46 is illustrated. Alternatively, the middle frame 22 may also extend along the sky side T of the light guide plate 46, along the left side Z and the right side Y of the light guide plate 46.
参照图3、图4、图5所示,中框22可以设置在背板24的一侧表面上,并且沿着显示装置的天侧T、左侧Z、以及右侧Y的方向延伸。Referring to FIGS. 3, 4, and 5, the middle frame 22 may be disposed on one side surface of the back plate 24 and extend along the direction of the sky side T, the left side Z, and the right side Y of the display device.
胶框21可以和中框22固定在背板24的相同表面上,且胶框21沿着显示装置的地侧 D方向延伸。The plastic frame 21 and the middle frame 22 can be fixed on the same surface of the back plate 24, and the plastic frame 21 extends along the ground side D direction of the display device.
中框22和胶框21可以与背板24一体形成,也可以与背板24分体形成。The middle frame 22 and the rubber frame 21 may be integrally formed with the back plate 24, or may be formed separately from the back plate 24.
中框22和胶框21与背板24分体形成时,中框22和胶框21与背板24可以通过螺钉等紧固件固定起来,或者在中框22的沿左侧Z方向的尺寸较小的情况下,中框22可以通过粘接的方式固定到背板24上。When the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 and the back plate 24 are formed separately, the middle frame 22, the plastic frame 21 and the back plate 24 can be fixed by screws or other fasteners, or the size of the middle frame 22 along the left Z direction In a smaller case, the middle frame 22 can be fixed to the back plate 24 by bonding.
参照图2、图6、图7所示,中框22包括中框侧壁223、第一横壁221以及第二横壁222。其中,第一横壁211形成为前述的中框22上的延伸部。Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 6, and FIG. 7, the middle frame 22 includes a middle frame side wall 223, a first lateral wall 221 and a second lateral wall 222. Wherein, the first transverse wall 211 is formed as an extension on the aforementioned middle frame 22.
中框侧壁223可以围设在导光板46的侧端部外侧,以达到对导光板46进行遮光的目的。The side wall 223 of the middle frame may be arranged outside the side end of the light guide plate 46 to achieve the purpose of shielding the light guide plate 46 from light.
第一横壁221从中框侧壁223的中部沿着显示面板40的延伸方向朝向显示装置的内侧伸出,本申请中,显示装置的内侧是指由显示面板40边缘侧朝向显示面板40中心的方向;显示装置的外侧是指由显示面板40的中心朝向显示面板40的边缘侧的方向。The first horizontal wall 221 extends from the middle of the middle frame side wall 223 along the extension direction of the display panel 40 toward the inner side of the display device. In this application, the inner side of the display device refers to the direction from the edge side of the display panel 40 toward the center of the display panel 40 The outer side of the display device refers to the direction from the center of the display panel 40 to the edge side of the display panel 40.
如前所述,第一横壁221形成为中框22上的延伸部,用于承载扩散板27,同时用于承载贴附于扩散板27上表面的光学膜片47。As mentioned above, the first transverse wall 221 is formed as an extension on the middle frame 22 for carrying the diffuser plate 27 and at the same time for carrying the optical film 47 attached to the upper surface of the diffuser plate 27.
进一步的,参照图2、图3、图7所示,第一横壁221可以沿着导光板46的至少部分侧端部的延伸方向延伸,例如,第一横壁221沿着导光板46的天侧T、左侧Z和右侧Y延伸。Further, referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 3, and FIG. 7, the first horizontal wall 221 may extend along the extension direction of at least part of the side end of the light guide plate 46. For example, the first horizontal wall 221 may extend along the sky side of the light guide plate 46. T, left Z and right Y extend.
第二横壁222从中框侧壁223的下端部沿着显示面板40的延伸方向朝向内侧伸出。第二横壁222可以与背板24的下表面边缘部固定,以将中框22和背板24固定起来。The second horizontal wall 222 protrudes from the lower end of the middle frame side wall 223 toward the inner side along the extending direction of the display panel 40. The second transverse wall 222 can be fixed to the edge of the lower surface of the back plate 24 to fix the middle frame 22 and the back plate 24 together.
第二横壁222可以沿着背板24的天侧T、左侧Z和右侧Y的延伸方向延伸。在其它一些示例中,第二横壁222也可以断续地形成、或者只在局部形成,只要能够达到将背板24和中框22固定的目的即可。The second transverse wall 222 may extend along the extension direction of the sky side T, the left side Z, and the right side Y of the back plate 24. In some other examples, the second transverse wall 222 may also be formed intermittently or only partially, as long as the purpose of fixing the back plate 24 and the middle frame 22 can be achieved.
若胶框21也具有延伸部时,参照图8所示,固定在背板24地侧D的胶框21可以包括胶框侧壁212和第三横壁211,第三横壁211可以从胶框侧壁212的中部区域朝向内侧伸出,这里的第三横壁211形成为前述的胶框21上的延伸部。If the plastic frame 21 also has an extension, as shown in FIG. 8, the plastic frame 21 fixed on the side D of the back plate 24 may include a plastic frame side wall 212 and a third lateral wall 211, and the third lateral wall 211 may be from the plastic frame side The middle area of the wall 212 protrudes toward the inside, and the third transverse wall 211 here is formed as an extension on the aforementioned plastic frame 21.
第三横壁211用于固定扩散板27的地侧D部分。The third horizontal wall 211 is used to fix the ground D portion of the diffuser plate 27.
由此,扩散板27的天侧侧端部、左侧侧端部、右侧侧端部固定在中框22的第一横壁221上,扩散板27的地侧侧端部固定在胶框21的第三横壁211上。Thus, the sky-side end, left-side end, and right-side end of the diffuser plate 27 are fixed to the first horizontal wall 221 of the middle frame 22, and the ground-side end of the diffuser plate 27 is fixed to the plastic frame 21 On the third transverse wall 211.
第一横壁221和第三横壁211在显示装置俯视方向上可以彼此拼合,从而形成封闭的环状。The first lateral wall 221 and the third lateral wall 211 may be combined with each other in the top view direction of the display device, thereby forming a closed ring shape.
可以理解的是,在背板24上只设有中框22而并未设置胶框21的情况下,中框22和第一横壁221的延伸范围可以从背板24的天侧T、左侧Z、地侧D一直延伸到右侧Y,形成环状件。It is understandable that when only the middle frame 22 is provided on the back plate 24 without the plastic frame 21, the extension range of the middle frame 22 and the first transverse wall 221 can be from the sky side T and the left side of the back plate 24. Z, the ground side D extends to the right side Y, forming a ring.
参照图5、图6所示,背板24、中框22、胶框21、导光板46等部件的安装过程可以为:先将中框22固定到背板24上,形成半封闭腔体614,贴附有反射片41的导光板46采用抽拉方式滑入该半封闭腔体614中,然后再后装配灯条及散热器等(未图示),再将 胶框21装入背板24的地侧D。5 and 6, the installation process of the back plate 24, the middle frame 22, the plastic frame 21, the light guide plate 46 and other components can be as follows: first fix the middle frame 22 to the back plate 24 to form a semi-closed cavity 614 , The light guide plate 46 attached with the reflective sheet 41 is slid into the semi-enclosed cavity 614 by drawing, and then the light bar and the radiator (not shown) are assembled, and then the plastic frame 21 is installed in the back plate 24 of the ground side D.
在侧光式的背光模组10中,为了对导光板46的侧端部进行遮挡,以避免显示区域43中出现亮边,延伸部的内侧边缘伸入到扩散板27和导光板46之间正对的区域中,并位于与显示面板40的显示区域43对应的区域中,其中,扩散板27和导光板46之间正对的区域具体是指,俯视时,扩散板27和导光板46之间重叠的区域。In the edge-lit backlight module 10, in order to shield the side ends of the light guide plate 46 to avoid bright edges in the display area 43, the inner edge of the extension extends between the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46 In the area directly facing, and located in the area corresponding to the display area 43 of the display panel 40, the area directly facing the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46 specifically refers to the area where the diffuser plate 27 and the light guide plate 46 are viewed from above. The area that overlaps between.
具体的,参照图2所示,将中框22的第一横壁221、导光板46向显示面板40所在的平面进行正投影,第一横壁221的投影的内边缘E位于显示区域43的外边缘F内侧,第一横壁221的投影的内边缘位于导光板46的投影的外边缘G内侧。Specifically, referring to FIG. 2, the first horizontal wall 221 and the light guide plate 46 of the middle frame 22 are orthographically projected to the plane where the display panel 40 is located, and the inner edge E of the projection of the first horizontal wall 221 is located at the outer edge of the display area 43 Inside F, the inner edge of the projection of the first horizontal wall 221 is located inside the outer edge G of the projection of the light guide plate 46.
参照图8所示,将胶框21的第三横壁211、导光板46向显示面板40进行正投影,第三横壁211的投影的内边缘J位于显示区域43的外边缘F内侧,第三横壁211的投影的内边缘J位于导光板46的投影的外边缘G内侧。Referring to FIG. 8, the third horizontal wall 211 and the light guide plate 46 of the plastic frame 21 are orthographically projected to the display panel 40, the inner edge J of the projection of the third horizontal wall 211 is located inside the outer edge F of the display area 43, and the third horizontal wall The inner edge J of the projection of 211 is located inside the outer edge G of the projection of the light guide plate 46.
上述的中框22的延伸部和胶框1的延伸部分别为第一横壁221和第三横壁211,因此,延伸部的投影的内边缘位于显示区域43的外边缘F内侧,延伸部的投影的内边缘J位于导光板46的投影的外边缘G内侧。The above-mentioned extension of the middle frame 22 and the extension of the plastic frame 1 are the first transverse wall 221 and the third transverse wall 211, respectively. Therefore, the inner edge of the projection of the extension is located inside the outer edge F of the display area 43, and the projection of the extension is The inner edge J of the light guide plate 46 is located inside the projected outer edge G of the light guide plate 46.
本申请一些实施例中,延伸部的内侧端部设有反射面,反射面用于将导光板46靠近反射面的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner end of the extension portion is provided with a reflective surface, and the reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the light guide plate 46 close to the reflective surface to the diffuser plate 27.
需要说明的是,这里延伸部的内侧端部设有反射面,延伸部可以指代中框上的延伸部,或者指代中框和胶框上的延伸部,或者指代仅是胶框上的延伸部。It should be noted that the inner end of the extension part is provided with a reflective surface. The extension part can refer to the extension part on the middle frame, or the extension part on the middle frame and the plastic frame, or only the plastic frame. The extension.
换言之,中框22和胶框21的至少一者的延伸部上设有反射面,反射面用于将导光板46的位于延伸部内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。In other words, the extension portion of at least one of the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 is provided with a reflective surface, and the reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the light guide plate 46 located inside the extension portion to the diffuser 27.
具体到本申请的图2中,中框22上的第一横壁221上设有第一反射面30,第一反射面30用于将导光板46的位于第一横壁221内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。Specifically, in FIG. 2 of the present application, a first reflective surface 30 is provided on the first horizontal wall 221 on the middle frame 22, and the first reflective surface 30 is used to emit light from the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the first horizontal wall 221 Reflected to the diffuser 27.
具体到本申请的图8中,胶框21上的第三横壁211上设有第三反射面31,第三反射面31用于将导光板46的位于第三反射面31内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。Specifically in FIG. 8 of the present application, the third horizontal wall 211 on the plastic frame 21 is provided with a third reflective surface 31, and the third reflective surface 31 is used to emit the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the third reflective surface 31 The light is reflected to the diffuser 27.
这样,在中框22和胶框21上都设有延伸部的情况下,由于在导光板46和扩散板27之间具有由第一反射面30和第三反射面31构成的反射面,可以将导光板46的位于第一横壁221和第三横壁211内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。In this way, when both the middle frame 22 and the plastic frame 21 are provided with extensions, since there is a reflection surface composed of the first reflection surface 30 and the third reflection surface 31 between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27, it is possible to The light emitted from the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the first lateral wall 221 and the third lateral wall 211 is reflected to the diffuser plate 27.
进一步的,在中框22上设有延伸部的情况下,由于在导光板46和扩散板27之间具有由第一反射面30,可以将导光板46的位于第一横壁221内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。Further, in the case that the middle frame 22 is provided with an extension, since there is a first reflecting surface 30 between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27, the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the first horizontal wall 221 can be emitted. The light is reflected to the diffuser 27.
在其它一些示例中,在胶框21上都设有延伸部的情况下,由于在导光板46和扩散板27之间具有第三反射面31,可以将导光板46的位于第三横壁211内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。In some other examples, when the plastic frame 21 is provided with extensions, since there is a third reflective surface 31 between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27, the light guide plate 46 can be positioned inside the third horizontal wall 211 Part of the emitted light is reflected to the diffuser 27.
在本申请实施例中,反射面可以为凹面或者其它形状的曲面,只要可以将导光板46靠近反射面的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27即可。In the embodiment of the present application, the reflective surface may be a concave surface or a curved surface of other shapes, as long as the light emitted from the part of the light guide plate 46 close to the reflective surface can be reflected to the diffuser 27.
可以理解的是,反射面也可以为斜面。It can be understood that the reflective surface may also be an inclined surface.
示例性的,以图2所示的显示装置100为例来说明,图2中,第一反射面30为第一横壁221的内侧端部表面,且内侧端部表面为朝外倾斜的斜面。Illustratively, taking the display device 100 shown in FIG. 2 as an example, in FIG. 2, the first reflective surface 30 is the inner end surface of the first horizontal wall 221, and the inner end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward.
这样可使第一反射面容易加工且结构简单。并且第一反射面30为朝外倾斜的斜面,这样形成的斜面利于来自导光板46的光线反射到扩散板27中。In this way, the first reflective surface can be easily processed and has a simple structure. In addition, the first reflective surface 30 is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of the light from the light guide plate 46 into the diffuser plate 27.
本实施例中,第一反射面30和导光板46的夹角α的范围为0°~90°。In this embodiment, the included angle α between the first reflective surface 30 and the light guide plate 46 ranges from 0° to 90°.
参照图9所示的光路分析图,由导光板46出射的光线在照射到第一反射面30上时,在第一反射面30的位置处发生反射,并入射到扩散板27中,入射到扩散板27中的光线经过散射和匀化后,再入射到显示面板40中。Referring to the light path analysis diagram shown in FIG. 9, when the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 is irradiated on the first reflective surface 30, it is reflected at the position of the first reflective surface 30, and enters the diffuser plate 27, and then enters the diffuser plate 27. The light in the diffuser 27 is diffused and homogenized, and then enters the display panel 40.
这样设置,第一方面,由于第一反射面30可以将导光板46靠近第一反射面30的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27,增加了导光板46和第一横壁221交界分处的光线的利用率,提高了该位置处的亮度,因此能够避免显示面板40的显示区域43中出现暗带等缺陷。In this way, in the first aspect, since the first reflective surface 30 can reflect the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 close to the first reflective surface 30 to the diffuser 27, the light at the junction of the light guide plate 46 and the first horizontal wall 221 is increased. The utilization rate of, improves the brightness at the position, and therefore can avoid defects such as dark bands in the display area 43 of the display panel 40.
第二方面,俯视观察时,第一横壁上端面224进入显示区域43的面积小于第一横壁下端面225进入显示区域43的面积,且越靠下方,第一横壁221进入显示区域43的部分逐渐增多。以图9所示显示装置100为例来说明,俯视时,在第一横壁221的进入了显示区域43的部分中,位于第一横壁221的越靠上的部位,离显示面板40越近,越容易在显示区域43上产生暗带,而本申请中,反射面30设为朝向外侧倾斜的斜面,第一横壁221进入显示区域43的部分从下到上逐渐减少。能很好地减轻在显示区域43出现的暗带问题。In the second aspect, when viewed from above, the area of the upper end surface 224 of the first transverse wall entering the display area 43 is smaller than the area of the lower end surface 225 entering the display area 43 of the first transverse wall, and the portion of the first transverse wall 221 entering the display area 43 gradually becomes lower. increase. Taking the display device 100 shown in FIG. 9 as an example, when viewed from above, in the part of the first horizontal wall 221 that enters the display area 43, the upper part of the first horizontal wall 221 is closer to the display panel 40. The easier it is to produce a dark band on the display area 43, and in this application, the reflective surface 30 is set as an inclined surface inclined toward the outside, and the portion of the first horizontal wall 221 that enters the display area 43 gradually decreases from bottom to top. The problem of dark bands appearing in the display area 43 can be well alleviated.
综合以上各方面,即使延伸部、例如第一横壁221的内侧边缘进入到与显示区域43对应的区域中较多,也会由于该第一反射面30的结构设置,而避免显示区域43的暗带缺陷。因此对于极窄BM区域的显示面板40,显示效果也较佳。Based on the above aspects, even if the extension part, such as the inner edge of the first horizontal wall 221, enters the area corresponding to the display area 43 more, the structure of the first reflective surface 30 will prevent the display area 43 from being dark. With defects. Therefore, for the display panel 40 with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
进一步的,鉴于延伸部(第一横壁221)的侧端部设置的反射面30能够消除显示区域43暗带的情况,因此第一横壁221上端面在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘也可以位于述显示区域43的外边缘内侧。Further, in view of the fact that the reflective surface 30 provided at the side end of the extension portion (the first horizontal wall 221) can eliminate the dark band of the display area 43, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the first horizontal wall 221 on the display panel 40 may also be Located inside the outer edge of the display area 43.
本申请一些实施例中,参照图9所示,第一横壁221的上端面在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘位于显示区域43的外边缘内侧的距离D3范围是0.7mm~1.5mm。位于这个范围时,显示面板40的显示效果最佳。In some embodiments of the present application, referring to FIG. 9, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the first lateral wall 221 on the display panel 40 is located inside the outer edge of the display area 43 at a distance D3 ranging from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel 40 is the best.
在其它一些示例中,第一反射面30为白色或银色等浅色系,这样可以使第一反射面30的反射效果较佳。可以理解的是,还可以在反射面30上涂覆有反光材料,以使反射面30的反射效果更好。In some other examples, the first reflective surface 30 is in a light color such as white or silver, so that the reflection effect of the first reflective surface 30 can be better. It is understandable that the reflective surface 30 can also be coated with a reflective material, so that the reflective surface 30 has a better reflection effect.
另外,经申请人研究和试验发现,位于导光板46和扩散板27之间的空气层在达到一定条件时,也能够对光线起到混光和匀光作用,进一步减小显示区域43中的暗带。不同于现有技术中将显示装置100尽量减薄的趋势,本申请在牺牲了一定厚度尺寸的前提下,以更好克服极窄BM显示装置100中的暗带缺陷问题。In addition, the applicant’s research and experiments have found that the air layer located between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27 can also mix and homogenize the light when certain conditions are reached, and further reduce the amount of light in the display area 43. Dark band. Different from the trend of thinning the display device 100 as much as possible in the prior art, the present application can better overcome the problem of the dark band defect in the extremely narrow BM display device 100 at the expense of a certain thickness.
例如,参照图9所示,延伸部(第一横壁221)在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘与显示区域43的外边缘的最大距离为D2,导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离为OD2,需满足0.5OD2≤D2≤2OD2,满足该关系的情况下可以有效减少显示区域43 中的暗带缺陷。For example, referring to FIG. 9, the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension portion (first lateral wall 221) on the display panel 40 and the outer edge of the display area 43 is D2, the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 The vertical distance between them is OD2, which needs to satisfy 0.5OD2≤D2≤2OD2. When this relationship is satisfied, the dark band defects in the display area 43 can be effectively reduced.
进一步的,还将导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离OD2设置得较大。导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离OD2较大时,位于导光板46和扩散板27之间的空气层可以对将延伸部的侧端部反射的光线起到更好地混光、匀光作用。Further, the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is also set to be larger. When the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is large, the air layer located between the light guide plate 46 and the diffuser plate 27 can better reflect the light from the side ends of the extension. Ground mixing and uniform light effect.
例如,导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离、即混光距离OD2大于或者等于2.5mm,可以有效减少显示区域43中的暗带缺陷。For example, the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27, that is, the light mixing distance OD2, is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area 43.
可以理解的是,上述对空气层厚度、即混光距离的设定既适用于延伸部端部未设有第一反射面30的情况,也适用于延伸部端部设有第一反射面30的情况,上述两种方案中都可以消除显示面板40中的暗带缺陷,且设有第一反射面30的方案的暗带消除效果更好。It can be understood that the above setting of the thickness of the air layer, that is, the light mixing distance is applicable to the case where the end of the extension portion is not provided with the first reflective surface 30, and it is also applicable to the case where the end of the extension portion is provided with the first reflective surface 30. In the above two solutions, the dark band defect in the display panel 40 can be eliminated, and the dark band elimination effect of the solution with the first reflective surface 30 is better.
另外,需要注意的是,位于导光板46上方的扩散板27的硬度和刚性也会对显示区域43中暗带的消除效果产生影响。In addition, it should be noted that the hardness and rigidity of the diffuser plate 27 located above the light guide plate 46 will also affect the effect of removing the dark band in the display area 43.
参照图10所示的比较例的显示装置300,在起到匀光作用的光学膜材301是柔性材料制成的柔性件的情况下,若光学膜材301和导光板46的距离增大时,有可能会在光学膜材301靠近延伸结构23端部的位置处向内的区域范围内出现塌陷的情况(图中是塌陷较为严重的情况,实际中根据材料柔性程度塌陷情况也不同),从导光板46射出的光会直接射入到光学膜材301中,尤其对于导光板46中与延伸结构23交界位置处的部分而言,经导光板46该部分出射的光经过一段厚度很小的空气层,而直接进入光学膜材301中,使第一反射面30和空气层所起到的降暗带作用削弱,削弱了对暗带的消除效果。Referring to the display device 300 of the comparative example shown in FIG. 10, in the case where the optical film 301 that performs the light homogenization function is a flexible member made of a flexible material, if the distance between the optical film 301 and the light guide plate 46 increases , It is possible that the optical film material 301 may collapse in the inward area at the position close to the end of the extension structure 23 (the figure shows a more severe collapse, and the actual collapse is different according to the degree of flexibility of the material), The light emitted from the light guide plate 46 will directly enter the optical film 301, especially for the part of the light guide plate 46 at the junction with the extension structure 23, the light emitted through this part of the light guide plate 46 has a small thickness. The air layer directly enters the optical film 301, which weakens the dark band reduction effect played by the first reflective surface 30 and the air layer, and weakens the effect of eliminating the dark band.
而本申请实施例中,扩散板27为刚性层这样就可以避免扩散板27向下塌陷,影响空气层混光、匀光效果,具体为玻璃扩散板。In the embodiment of the present application, the diffuser plate 27 is a rigid layer, which can prevent the diffuser plate 27 from collapsing downward, which affects the light mixing and uniform light effect of the air layer, and is specifically a glass diffuser plate.
可以理解的是,光学膜片47可以是刚性光学膜片47。It can be understood that the optical film 47 may be a rigid optical film 47.
可以理解的是,上述以图2所示的中框22的第一斜面30为例来说明延伸部上设置斜面的设置情况。对于图8所示,在第三横壁211上设置第三斜面31的情况与此类似。It is understandable that the above description takes the first inclined surface 30 of the middle frame 22 shown in FIG. 2 as an example to illustrate the arrangement of the inclined surface on the extension portion. As shown in FIG. 8, the situation of providing the third inclined surface 31 on the third transverse wall 211 is similar to this.
胶框21上的第三横壁211上设有第三反射面31,第三反射面31用于将导光板46的位于第三横壁211内侧的部分出射的光线反射至扩散板27。The third horizontal wall 211 on the plastic frame 21 is provided with a third reflection surface 31, and the third reflection surface 31 is used to reflect the light emitted from the part of the light guide plate 46 located inside the third horizontal wall 211 to the diffuser 27.
在本申请实施例中,第三反射面31为第三横壁211的内侧端部表面,且内侧端部表面为朝外倾斜的斜面。In the embodiment of the present application, the third reflective surface 31 is the inner end surface of the third transverse wall 211, and the inner end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward.
这样可使第三反射面31容易加工且结构简单。并且第三反射面31为朝外倾斜的斜面,这样形成的斜面利于来自导光板46的光线反射到扩散板27中。In this way, the third reflective surface 31 can be easily processed and has a simple structure. In addition, the third reflective surface 31 is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of the light from the light guide plate 46 into the diffuser plate 27.
本申请的实施例中,第三反射面31和导光板46的夹角的范围可以为:0°~90°。In the embodiment of the present application, the angle between the third reflective surface 31 and the light guide plate 46 may range from 0° to 90°.
由导光板46出射的光线在照射到第三反射面31上时,在第三反射面31的位置处发生反射,并入射到扩散板27中,入射到扩散板27中的光线经过散射和匀化后,再入射到显示面板40中。When the light emitted from the light guide plate 46 is irradiated on the third reflective surface 31, it is reflected at the position of the third reflective surface 31 and is incident on the diffuser plate 27. The light incident on the diffuser plate 27 undergoes scattering and uniformity. After being converted, it is incident on the display panel 40 again.
进一步的,鉴于延伸部(第三横壁211)的侧端部设置的第三反射面31能够消除显示区域43暗带的情况,因此第三横壁211上端面在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘也可以位于述显示区域43的外边缘内侧。Further, in view of the fact that the third reflective surface 31 provided at the side end of the extension portion (third horizontal wall 211) can eliminate the dark band of the display area 43, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 211 on the display panel 40 It may also be located inside the outer edge of the display area 43.
本申请一些实施例中,第三横壁211的上端面在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘位于显示区域43的外边缘内侧的距离D3'的范围是0.7mm~1.5mm。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 211 on the display panel 40 is located inside the outer edge of the display area 43 at a distance D3 ′ ranging from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm.
在其它一些示例中,第三反射面31为白色或银色等浅色系,还可以在第三反射面31上涂覆有反光材料。In some other examples, the third reflective surface 31 is in a light color system such as white or silver, and the third reflective surface 31 may also be coated with a reflective material.
延伸部(第三横壁211)在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘与显示区域43的外边缘的最大距离为D2',导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离为OD2,需满足0.5OD2≤D2'≤2OD2。The maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the extension (third lateral wall 211) on the display panel 40 and the outer edge of the display area 43 is D2', and the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is OD2 , Need to meet 0.5OD2≤D2'≤2OD2.
进一步的,本申请一些实施例中,还将导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离OD2设置得较大。Further, in some embodiments of the present application, the vertical distance OD2 between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27 is also set to be larger.
例如,导光板46上表面和扩散板27下表面之间的垂直距离、即混光距离OD2大于或等于2.5mm,可以进一步有效减少显示区域43中的暗带缺陷。For example, the vertical distance between the upper surface of the light guide plate 46 and the lower surface of the diffuser plate 27, that is, the light mixing distance OD2, is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can further effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area 43.
可以理解的是,上述对空气层厚度、即混光距离的设定既适用于延伸部端部未设有第三反射面31的情况,也适用于延伸部端部设有第三反射面31的情况,上述两种方案中都可以消除显示面板40中的暗带缺陷,且设有第三反射面31的方案的暗带消除效果更好。It can be understood that the above setting of the air layer thickness, that is, the light mixing distance, is applicable to the case where the end of the extension part is not provided with the third reflecting surface 31, and it is also applicable to the case where the end of the extension part is provided with the third reflecting surface 31. In the case of the above two solutions, the dark band defect in the display panel 40 can be eliminated, and the dark band elimination effect of the solution with the third reflective surface 31 is better.
另外,本申请实施例中,扩散板27为刚性层。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the diffuser plate 27 is a rigid layer.
可以理解的是,光学膜片47可以是刚性光学膜片47。It can be understood that the optical film 47 may be a rigid optical film 47.
实施例二Example two
本实施例与实施例一类似,不同之处在于,本实施例的显示装置200采用的是直下式的背光模组50。This embodiment is similar to the first embodiment, except that the display device 200 of this embodiment uses a direct type backlight module 50.
<显示装置的构成><Configuration of Display Device>
图11是本申请实施例二提供的另一种结构的显示装置200的剖视结构示意图,参照图11,显示装置200包括背光模组50和显示面板40,背光模组50用于向显示面板提供背光源。11 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of a display device 200 of another structure provided by the second embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 11, the display device 200 includes a backlight module 50 and a display panel 40. The backlight module 50 is used to display the display panel Provide backlight.
背光模组50可以包括背板组件60以及至少两层光学膜材,在直下式背光模组50中,光学膜材可以包括:反射片55、扩散板52等。The backlight module 50 may include a back plate assembly 60 and at least two layers of optical film materials. In the direct type backlight module 50, the optical film materials may include: a reflective sheet 55, a diffusion plate 52, and the like.
在本申请中,扩散板52具体指对光线起到匀光和散射作用的层。In the present application, the diffuser 52 specifically refers to a layer that plays a role of uniform light and scattering of light.
在本申请中,还包括贴附在扩散板52上表面的光学膜片51。In the present application, an optical film 51 attached to the upper surface of the diffuser plate 52 is also included.
参照图11所示,沿着显示装置200中光线的出光方向C,背光模组50可以包括起到支撑作用的背板组件60、反射片55、光源53、支柱54、扩散板52、以及显示面板40等。其中,显示装置200中光线的出光方向C也是显示装置200的上方。11, along the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 200, the backlight module 50 may include a supporting back plate assembly 60, a reflective sheet 55, a light source 53, a pillar 54, a diffusion plate 52, and a display Panel 40 and so on. Wherein, the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 200 is also above the display device 200.
[显示面板][Display Panel]
显示面板40用于显示图像,包括显示区域和围绕在显示区域外侧的黑边区域44(Black Matrix,BM区域),显示区域40的外边缘如图11所示的N所示。The display panel 40 is used to display an image, and includes a display area and a black border area 44 (Black Matrix, BM area) surrounding the outside of the display area. The outer edge of the display area 40 is shown as N in FIG. 11.
进一步的,在显示面板40一侧还设有电路板,通过电路板可以实现对整个显示面板40的驱动显示。Further, a circuit board is also provided on one side of the display panel 40, and the entire display panel 40 can be driven and displayed through the circuit board.
与实施例一类似的,显示装置200包括天侧、左侧、右侧和地侧,其中天侧和地侧相 对,左侧和右侧相对(未图示)。Similar to the first embodiment, the display device 200 includes a sky side, a left side, a right side, and a ground side, where the sky side and the ground side are opposite, and the left side and the right side are opposite (not shown).
在本申请实施例中,为了便于说明,也将显示装置200中光线的出光方向C称为上方。In the embodiment of the present application, for ease of description, the light exit direction C of the light in the display device 200 is also referred to as upper.
[反射片][A reflective sheet]
反射片55用于将光线反射到出光方向上,利于光源53发出的光线均匀分布。在直下式背光模组50中,反射片55在中部形成有下凹部分,下凹部分与扩散板52之间形成腔体,被称为混光腔56。The reflective sheet 55 is used to reflect light to the light exit direction, which is beneficial to the uniform distribution of the light emitted by the light source 53. In the direct type backlight module 50, the reflective sheet 55 has a concave portion formed in the middle, and a cavity is formed between the concave portion and the diffuser 52, which is called a light mixing cavity 56.
反射片55一般分为银反射片和白反射片两种,银反射片是在PET基材表面镀有一层高导电率的金属薄膜,白反射片一般是PET基材夹着高折射率的TiO2形成。The reflector 55 is generally divided into two types: silver reflector and white reflector. The silver reflector is coated with a high-conductivity metal film on the surface of the PET substrate. The white reflector is generally a PET substrate sandwiched with high refractive index TiO2. form.
[扩散板][Diffuser]
在直下式背光模组50中,扩散板把点光源或线光源阵列转换为面光源。扩散板的主要作用是使入射光充分散射、匀化,并且对灯影具有良好的遮蔽效果,实现光源更柔和、更均匀。In the direct type backlight module 50, the diffuser plate converts the point light source or the line light source array into a surface light source. The main function of the diffuser is to fully scatter and homogenize the incident light, and has a good shielding effect on the lamp shadow, so that the light source is softer and more uniform.
扩散板的表面可以集成其它一些光学薄膜、例如棱镜片等。The surface of the diffuser plate can be integrated with other optical films, such as prism sheets.
[支柱][pillar]
支柱54分布在扩散板52和反射片55形成的混光腔56中,用于对膜片进行支撑。The pillars 54 are distributed in the light mixing cavity 56 formed by the diffusion plate 52 and the reflective sheet 55, and are used to support the diaphragm.
[光源][light source]
光源53用于产生光,在直下式的背光模组50中,光源53和支柱54一起位于混光腔56中。光源53一般为点状,且在混光腔56中彼此间隔开排布。光源53发出的光线从扩散板52的下侧进入。The light source 53 is used to generate light. In the direct type backlight module 50, the light source 53 and the pillar 54 are located in the light mixing cavity 56 together. The light sources 53 are generally dot-shaped, and are spaced apart from each other in the light mixing cavity 56. The light emitted from the light source 53 enters from the lower side of the diffusion plate 52.
[光学膜片][Optical Film]
光学膜片51,光学膜片51位于扩散板52的出光侧,用于对扩散板51射出的光线进行匀化。The optical film 51, which is located on the light exit side of the diffuser plate 52, is used to homogenize the light emitted from the diffuser plate 51.
光学膜片51可包括一张或多张膜片,例如可以包括扩散片、棱镜膜、增亮膜中的至少一种。The optical film 51 may include one or more films, for example, may include at least one of a diffusion sheet, a prism film, and a brightness enhancement film.
其中,扩散片主要起到遮蔽扩散板的微结构、提升出射光亮度、提高亮度均匀性和改善视角的作用。扩散片的基材一般为PET。Among them, the diffuser mainly plays the role of shielding the microstructure of the diffuser, improving the brightness of the emitted light, improving the brightness uniformity and improving the viewing angle. The base material of the diffusion sheet is generally PET.
根据扩散片应用中的堆叠位置关系不同,可分为下扩散片和上扩散片。下扩散片靠近扩散板,其高雾度对导光板网点可以起到很好的遮蔽作用。上扩散片一般介于棱镜膜和液晶盒下偏光片之间,主要作用是防止棱镜片产生摩尔纹或牛顿环,增加出射光视角和亮度均匀性。增加出射光视角和亮度均匀性。According to the different stacking position relationships in the application of the diffuser, it can be divided into a lower diffuser and an upper diffuser. The lower diffuser is close to the diffuser, and its high haze can effectively shield the dots of the light guide plate. The upper diffuser is generally between the prism film and the lower polarizer of the liquid crystal cell, and its main function is to prevent the prism film from generating moiré or Newton rings, and increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light. Increase the viewing angle and brightness uniformity of the emitted light.
[前壳][Front shell]
前壳48也称为前框,位于显示面板40的地侧端,用于遮蔽位于显示面板40地侧端的电路板。The front case 48 is also called a front frame, which is located at the ground side end of the display panel 40 and is used to shield the circuit board located at the ground side end of the display panel 40.
相应地,显示装置200中的显示面板40、背板组件60、反射片55、扩散板52的各方向端部也分别位于天侧、左侧、右侧和地侧。Correspondingly, the end portions of the display panel 40, the back plate assembly 60, the reflection sheet 55, and the diffusion plate 52 in the display device 200 are also located on the sky side, the left side, the right side, and the ground side, respectively.
[背板组件][Backboard Components]
背板组件60可以用于固定扩散板52、光源53等光学膜材和显示面板40等。The back plate assembly 60 can be used to fix optical film materials such as the diffuser plate 52 and the light source 53 and the display panel 40 and the like.
本申请实施例中,背板组件60还可以包括背板69和设置在背板69上的中框和胶框61,中框和胶框61设置在扩散板52侧方。In the embodiment of the present application, the back plate assembly 60 may further include a back plate 69 and a middle frame and a plastic frame 61 arranged on the back plate 69, and the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 are arranged on the side of the diffuser plate 52.
且中框和胶框61的至少一者具有伸入到显示面板40的显示区域43与扩散52板之间的延伸部。In addition, at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 has an extension that extends between the display area 43 of the display panel 40 and the diffuser 52 plate.
例如,中框和胶框61均具有向显示装置内侧延伸的延伸部。延伸部伸入到两层光学膜材之间,并伸入到与显示面板40的显示区域43对应的区域中。For example, both the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 have extensions extending toward the inside of the display device. The extension part extends between the two layers of optical film materials and extends into the area corresponding to the display area 43 of the display panel 40.
或者,中框上具有向显示装置内侧延伸的延伸部。Or, the middle frame has an extension part extending toward the inner side of the display device.
或者,胶框61上具有向显示装置内侧延伸的延伸部。Alternatively, the plastic frame 61 has an extension part extending toward the inner side of the display device.
进一步的,延伸部用于固定显示面板40,延伸部可以沿扩散板52的至少部分侧端部的延伸方向延伸,显示面板40可以固定在延伸部上。Further, the extension portion is used to fix the display panel 40, the extension portion may extend along the extension direction of at least a part of the side end of the diffuser plate 52, and the display panel 40 may be fixed on the extension portion.
本申请实施例中,中框可以设置在背板69的一侧表面上,并且沿着显示装置200的天侧、左侧、以及右侧的方向延伸。In the embodiment of the present application, the middle frame may be disposed on one side surface of the back plate 69 and extend along the sky, left, and right directions of the display device 200.
胶框61可以和中框固定在背板69的相同表面上,且胶框61沿着显示装置200的地侧方向延伸。The plastic frame 61 can be fixed on the same surface of the back plate 69 as the middle frame, and the plastic frame 61 extends along the ground side direction of the display device 200.
中框和胶框61可以与背板69一体形成,也可以与背板69分体形成。The middle frame and the rubber frame 61 may be integrally formed with the back plate 69, or may be formed separately from the back plate 69.
中框和胶框61与背板69分体形成时,中框和胶框61与背板69可以通过螺钉等紧固件固定起来,或者在中框的沿左侧方向的尺寸较小的情况下,中框可以通过粘接的方式固定到背板69上。When the middle frame and plastic frame 61 and the back plate 69 are formed separately, the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 and the back plate 69 can be fixed by fasteners such as screws, or in the case where the size of the middle frame along the left side is small Bottom, the middle frame can be fixed to the back plate 69 by bonding.
例如,直下式背光模组50中,背板69为中部下凹的筒状件,中框为框状件。For example, in the direct-lit backlight module 50, the back plate 69 is a cylindrical member with a concave central part, and the middle frame is a frame-shaped member.
与实施例一的图2示出的中框结构类似地,中框包括中框侧壁和第四横壁。中框侧壁可以围设在扩散板52的侧端部外侧,以达到遮光的目的。Similar to the middle frame structure shown in FIG. 2 of the first embodiment, the middle frame includes a middle frame side wall and a fourth transverse wall. The side walls of the middle frame may be arranged outside the side ends of the diffuser plate 52 to achieve the purpose of shading.
第四横壁从中框侧壁的中部沿着显示面板40的延伸方向朝向内侧伸出,其中,内侧是指由显示面板边缘侧朝向显示面板中心的方向。The fourth transverse wall protrudes from the middle of the side wall of the middle frame toward the inner side along the extending direction of the display panel 40, wherein the inner side refers to the direction from the edge side of the display panel toward the center of the display panel.
第四横壁可以承载显示面板40。The fourth transverse wall may carry the display panel 40.
进一步的,第四横壁可以沿着扩散板52的至少部分侧端部的延伸方向延伸,例如,第四横壁沿着扩散板52的天侧、左侧和右侧延伸。Further, the fourth transverse wall may extend along the extension direction of at least part of the side end of the diffuser plate 52, for example, the fourth transverse wall extends along the sky side, the left side and the right side of the diffuser plate 52.
本实施例的胶框61与实施例一类似,参照11所示,固定在背板69地侧的胶框61可以包括胶框侧壁612和第三横壁611,第三横壁611可以从胶框侧壁612的中部区域朝向内侧伸出,第三横壁611用于固定显示面板40的地侧部分。The plastic frame 61 of this embodiment is similar to the first embodiment. As shown in reference 11, the plastic frame 61 fixed on the ground side of the back plate 69 may include a plastic frame side wall 612 and a third horizontal wall 611. The third horizontal wall 611 may be removed from the plastic frame The middle area of the side wall 612 extends toward the inside, and the third horizontal wall 611 is used to fix the ground part of the display panel 40.
由此,显示面板40的天侧侧端部、左侧侧端部、右侧侧端部固定在中框的第四横壁上,显示面板40的地侧侧端部固定在胶框61的第三横壁612上,这样,中框上的延伸部为第四横壁,胶框61上的延伸部为第三横壁611。Thereby, the sky side end, the left side end, and the right side end of the display panel 40 are fixed on the fourth horizontal wall of the middle frame, and the ground side end of the display panel 40 is fixed on the first side of the plastic frame 61 On the three horizontal walls 612, in this way, the extension on the middle frame is the fourth horizontal wall, and the extension on the plastic frame 61 is the third horizontal wall 611.
可以理解的是,在直下的背光模组50中,在BM区域较窄的情况下,延伸部的内侧边缘有可能会伸入到显示面板40的显示区域43和扩散板52之间正对的区域中,从而在显示面板40的显示区域43中出现暗带。It is understandable that in the direct backlight module 50, when the BM area is narrow, the inner edge of the extension may extend into the area between the display area 43 of the display panel 40 and the diffusion plate 52. In the area, a dark band appears in the display area 43 of the display panel 40 accordingly.
本实施例中,参照图11所示,将胶框61的第三横壁611、扩散板52向显示面板40进行正投影,第三横壁611的投影的内边缘L位于显示区域43的外边缘N内侧,第三横壁611的投影的内边缘L位于扩散板52的投影的外边缘M内侧。In this embodiment, referring to FIG. 11, the third horizontal wall 611 and the diffuser 52 of the plastic frame 61 are orthographically projected to the display panel 40, and the inner edge L of the projection of the third horizontal wall 611 is located at the outer edge N of the display area 43 On the inside, the inner edge L of the projection of the third horizontal wall 611 is located inside the outer edge M of the projection of the diffuser plate 52.
与上述类似地,将中框的第四横壁、扩散板52向显示面板进行正投影,第四横壁的投影的内边缘位于显示区域的外边缘内侧,第四横壁的投影的内边缘位于扩散板52的投影的外边缘内侧。Similar to the above, the fourth horizontal wall of the middle frame and the diffuser 52 are projected to the display panel. The inner edge of the projection of the fourth horizontal wall is located inside the outer edge of the display area, and the inner edge of the projection of the fourth horizontal wall is located on the diffuser. 52 is the inside of the outer edge of the projection.
这样,延伸部的投影的内边缘位于显示区域的外边缘内侧,延伸部的投影的内边缘位于扩散板的投影的外边缘内侧。In this way, the inner edge of the projection of the extension is located inside the outer edge of the display area, and the inner edge of the projection of the extension is located inside the outer edge of the projection of the diffuser.
本申请一些实施例中,中框和胶框61的至少一者的延伸部上设有反射面,反射面用于将扩散板52的位于延伸部内侧的部分出射的光线反射至显示面板40。In some embodiments of the present application, the extension portion of at least one of the middle frame and the plastic frame 61 is provided with a reflective surface, and the reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser plate 52 located inside the extension portion to the display panel 40.
例如,中框的第四横壁上设有第四反射面,第四反射面用于将扩散板52的位于第四横壁内侧的部分出射的光线反射至显示面板40;和/或,For example, a fourth reflective surface is provided on the fourth lateral wall of the middle frame, and the fourth reflective surface is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser plate 52 located inside the fourth lateral wall to the display panel 40; and/or,
胶框61的第三横壁611上设有第三反射面33,第三反射面33用于将扩散板52的位于第三横壁611内侧的部分出射的光线反射至显示面板40。A third reflective surface 33 is provided on the third lateral wall 611 of the plastic frame 61, and the third reflective surface 33 is used to reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser plate 52 located inside the third lateral wall 611 to the display panel 40.
另外,可以使反射面位于延伸部的内侧端部。In addition, the reflective surface may be located at the inner end of the extension portion.
参照图11所示,第三反射面33形成在第三横壁611的内侧端部表面,且侧端部表面为朝外倾斜的斜面。或者第四反射面形成在第四横壁的内侧端部表面。Referring to FIG. 11, the third reflective surface 33 is formed on the inner end surface of the third horizontal wall 611, and the side end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward. Or the fourth reflecting surface is formed on the inner end surface of the fourth lateral wall.
这样可使第三反射面33容易加工且结构简单。并且侧端部表面为朝外倾斜的斜面,这样形成的斜面利于来自扩散板52的光线反射到显示面板40中。本申请实施例中,反射面和扩散板52的夹角β的范围为0°~90°。In this way, the third reflective surface 33 can be easily processed and has a simple structure. In addition, the side end surface is an inclined surface inclined outward, and the inclined surface formed in this way facilitates the reflection of light from the diffuser plate 52 into the display panel 40. In the embodiment of the present application, the included angle β between the reflective surface and the diffusion plate 52 ranges from 0° to 90°.
在以下的说明中,以第三反射面611为例来说明反射面的设置情况。第四反射面与第三反射面611的参数设置类似,此处不再赘述。In the following description, the third reflective surface 611 is taken as an example to illustrate the arrangement of the reflective surface. The parameter settings of the fourth reflecting surface and the third reflecting surface 611 are similar, and will not be repeated here.
这样由扩散板52出射的光线在照射到第三反射面33上时,在第三反射面33的位置处发生反射,并入射到显示面板40中。In this way, when the light emitted from the diffusion plate 52 is irradiated on the third reflective surface 33, it is reflected at the position of the third reflective surface 33 and enters the display panel 40.
这样设置,第一方面,由于第三反射面33可以将扩散板52靠近第三反射面33的部分出射的光线反射至显示面板,增加了扩散板52和第三反射面33交界分处的光线的利用率,提高了该位置处的亮度,因此能够避免显示面板的显示区域中出现暗带等缺陷。In this way, in the first aspect, since the third reflective surface 33 can reflect the light emitted from the portion of the diffuser 52 close to the third reflective surface 33 to the display panel, the light at the junction of the diffuser 52 and the third reflective surface 33 is increased. The utilization rate of, improves the brightness at the position, and therefore can avoid defects such as dark bands in the display area of the display panel.
第二方面,第三横壁611(延伸部)的上端面进入显示区域43的部分的面积小于第三横壁611的下端面进入显示区域43的面积,且越靠下方,第三横壁611进入显示区域43的部分逐渐增多。以图11所示的剖视图为例来说明,在第三横壁611的进入了显示区域43的部分中,位于第三横壁611的越靠上的部位,离显示面板40越近,越容易在显示区域43上产生暗带,而本申请中,反射面90设为朝向外侧倾斜的斜面,第三横壁611进入显示区域的部分从下到上逐渐减少。能很好地减轻在显示区域43出现的暗带问题。In the second aspect, the area of the upper end surface of the third lateral wall 611 (extension) that enters the display area 43 is smaller than the area of the lower end surface of the third lateral wall 611 that enters the display area 43, and the lower the third lateral wall 611 enters the display area The part of 43 gradually increased. Taking the cross-sectional view shown in FIG. 11 as an example, in the part of the third horizontal wall 611 that enters the display area 43, the upper part of the third horizontal wall 611 is closer to the display panel 40, the easier it is to display A dark band is generated on the area 43, and in the present application, the reflective surface 90 is set as an inclined surface inclined toward the outside, and the portion of the third horizontal wall 611 that enters the display area gradually decreases from bottom to top. The problem of dark bands appearing in the display area 43 can be well alleviated.
综合以上各方面,即使延伸部、例如第三横壁611的内侧边缘进入到与显示区域43对应的区域中较多,也会由于该第三反射面33的结构设置,而避免显示区域43的暗带缺陷。因此对于极窄BM区域的显示面板,显示效果也较佳。Based on the above aspects, even if the extension part, such as the inner edge of the third horizontal wall 611, enters the area corresponding to the display area 43 more, the structure of the third reflection surface 33 will prevent the display area 43 from being dark. With defects. Therefore, for a display panel with a very narrow BM area, the display effect is also better.
进一步的,鉴于延伸部(第三横壁611)的侧端部设置的第三反射面33能够消除显示区域暗带的情况,因此第三横壁611上端面在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘也可以位于述显示区域的外边缘内侧。Further, in view of the fact that the third reflecting surface 33 provided at the side end of the extension portion (third horizontal wall 611) can eliminate the dark band of the display area, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 611 on the display panel 40 is also It can be located inside the outer edge of the display area.
本申请一些实施例中,参照图11所示,第三横壁611的上端面在显示面板上的投影的内边缘L位于显示区域的外边缘N内侧的距离D3范围是0.7mm~1.5mm。位于这个范围时,显示面板40的显示效果最佳。In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11, the distance D3 of the inner edge L of the projection of the upper end surface of the third horizontal wall 611 on the display panel and located inside the outer edge N of the display area ranges from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel 40 is the best.
在其它一些示例中,反射面90为白色或银色等浅色系亮面,这样可以使反射面90的反射效果较佳。可以理解的是,还可以在反射面90上涂覆有反光材料,以使反射面90的反射效果更好。In some other examples, the reflective surface 90 is a light-colored bright surface such as white or silver, so that the reflective surface 90 can have a better reflection effect. It is understandable that the reflective surface 90 can also be coated with a reflective material, so that the reflective surface 90 has a better reflection effect.
另外,经申请人研究和试验发现,位于扩散板52和显示面板40之间的空气层在达到一定条件时,也能够对光线起到混光和匀光作用,进一步减小显示区域中的暗带。不同于现有技术中将显示装置200尽量减薄的趋势,本申请在牺牲了一定厚度尺寸的前提下,以更好克服极窄BM显示装置200中的暗带缺陷问题。In addition, the applicant’s research and experiments have found that the air layer located between the diffuser 52 and the display panel 40 can also mix and homogenize the light when certain conditions are reached, and further reduce the darkness in the display area. belt. Different from the trend of minimizing the thickness of the display device 200 in the prior art, the present application can better overcome the problem of the dark band defect in the extremely narrow BM display device 200 at the expense of a certain thickness.
例如,参照图11所示,延伸部、例如第三横壁611在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘L与显示区域43的外边缘M的最大距离为D1,扩散板52上表面和显示面板40下表面之间的垂直距离为OD1,需满足0.5OD1≤D1≤2OD1,经过仿真模拟和实际试验证实,满足该关系的情况下可以有效减少显示区域中的暗带缺陷。For example, referring to FIG. 11, the maximum distance between the inner edge L of the projection of the extension portion, such as the third lateral wall 611 on the display panel 40, and the outer edge M of the display area 43 is D1, and the upper surface of the diffuser 52 and the display panel 40 The vertical distance between the bottom surfaces is OD1, which needs to meet 0.5OD1≤D1≤2OD1. Simulations and actual experiments have confirmed that the dark band defects in the display area can be effectively reduced when this relationship is satisfied.
进一步的,本申请一些实施例中,还将扩散板52上表面和显示面板40下表面之间的垂直距离OD1设置得较大。扩散板52上表面和显示面板40下表面之间的垂直距离OD1较大时,位于扩散板52和显示面板之间的空气层可以对将延伸部的侧端部反射的光线起到更好地混光、匀光作用。Further, in some embodiments of the present application, the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is also set to be larger. When the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is large, the air layer located between the diffuser 52 and the display panel can better protect the light reflected from the side ends of the extension. Light mixing and uniform light effect.
例如,扩散板52上表面和显示面板下表面之间的垂直距离、即混光距离OD1大于或者等于2.5mm,可以进一步有效减少显示区域中的暗带缺陷。For example, the vertical distance between the upper surface of the diffusion plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel, that is, the light mixing distance OD1 is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can further effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area.
可以理解的是,上述对空气层厚度、即混光距离的设定既适用于延伸部端部未设有反射面的情况,也适用于延伸部端部设有反射面的情况,上述两种方案中都可以消除显示面板中的暗带缺陷,且第二种方案的暗带消除效果更好。It can be understood that the above setting of the air layer thickness, that is, the light mixing distance, is applicable to the case where the end of the extension part is not provided with a reflective surface, and it is also applicable to the case where the end of the extension part is provided with a reflective surface. Both of the solutions can eliminate the dark band defect in the display panel, and the second solution has a better dark band elimination effect.
本申请实施例中,扩散板52为刚性层,这样就可以避免扩散板52向下塌陷,影响空气层混光、匀光效果。In the embodiment of the present application, the diffuser plate 52 is a rigid layer, so that it can prevent the diffuser plate 52 from collapsing downward, which affects the light mixing and uniform light effect of the air layer.
可以理解的是,光学膜片51是刚性光学膜片;或者扩散板52为刚性扩散板,例如为玻璃扩散板。It can be understood that the optical film 51 is a rigid optical film; or the diffuser 52 is a rigid diffuser, for example, a glass diffuser.
本申请实施例中,对于第四反射面,进一步的,鉴于第四横壁部的侧端部设置的第四反射面能够消除显示区域暗带的情况,因此第四横壁上端面在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘也可以位于显示区域的外边缘内侧。In the embodiment of the present application, for the fourth reflective surface, further, in view of the fact that the fourth reflective surface provided at the side end of the fourth horizontal wall portion can eliminate the dark band in the display area, the upper end surface of the fourth horizontal wall is on the display panel 40 The inner edge of the projection can also be located inside the outer edge of the display area.
本申请一些实施例中,第四横壁的上端面在显示面板上的投影的内边缘位于显示区域的外边缘内侧的距离D3'范围是0.7mm~1.5mm。位于这个范围时,显示面板40的显示效果最佳。In some embodiments of the present application, the inner edge of the projection of the upper end surface of the fourth horizontal wall on the display panel is located inside the outer edge of the display area at a distance D3' ranging from 0.7 mm to 1.5 mm. When in this range, the display effect of the display panel 40 is the best.
在其它一些示例中,第四反射面为白色或银色等浅色系亮面,还可以在第四反射面上涂覆反光材料。In some other examples, the fourth reflective surface is a light-colored bright surface such as white or silver, and a reflective material can also be coated on the fourth reflective surface.
另外,第四横壁在显示面板40上的投影的内边缘与显示区域43的外边缘的最大距离为D1',扩散板52上表面和显示面板40下表面之间的垂直距离为OD1,需满足0.5OD1≤D1'≤2OD1。In addition, the maximum distance between the inner edge of the projection of the fourth horizontal wall on the display panel 40 and the outer edge of the display area 43 is D1', and the vertical distance between the upper surface of the diffuser 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is OD1, which needs to meet 0.5OD1≤D1'≤2OD1.
进一步的,本申请一些实施例中,还将扩散板52上表面和显示面板40下表面之间的垂直距离OD1设置得较大。扩散板52上表面和显示面板40下表面之间的垂直距离OD1较大时,位于扩散板52和显示面板之间的空气层可以对将延伸部的侧端部反射的光线起到更好地混光、匀光作用。Further, in some embodiments of the present application, the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is also set to be larger. When the vertical distance OD1 between the upper surface of the diffuser 52 and the lower surface of the display panel 40 is large, the air layer located between the diffuser 52 and the display panel can better protect the light reflected from the side ends of the extension. Light mixing and uniform light effect.
例如,扩散板52上表面和显示面板下表面之间的垂直距离、即混光距离OD1大于或者等于2.5mm,可以进一步有效减少显示区域中的暗带缺陷。For example, the vertical distance between the upper surface of the diffusion plate 52 and the lower surface of the display panel, that is, the light mixing distance OD1 is greater than or equal to 2.5 mm, which can further effectively reduce the dark band defects in the display area.
可以理解的是,上述对空气层厚度、即混光距离的设定既适用于第四横壁端部未设有第四反射面的情况,也适用于第四横壁端部设有第四反射面的情况,上述两种方案中都可以消除显示面板中的暗带缺陷,且第二种方案的暗带消除效果更好。It can be understood that the above setting of the thickness of the air layer, that is, the light mixing distance is applicable to the case where the end of the fourth transverse wall is not provided with a fourth reflecting surface, and it is also applicable to the end of the fourth transverse wall with a fourth reflecting surface. In the case of the above two schemes, the dark band defect in the display panel can be eliminated, and the dark band elimination effect of the second scheme is better.
本申请实施例中,扩散板52为刚性层,这样就可以避免扩散板52向下塌陷,影响空气层混光、匀光效果。In the embodiment of the present application, the diffuser plate 52 is a rigid layer, so that it can prevent the diffuser plate 52 from collapsing downward, which affects the light mixing and uniform light effect of the air layer.
可以理解的是,光学膜片51是刚性光学膜片;或者扩散板52为刚性扩散板。It can be understood that the optical film 51 is a rigid optical film; or the diffuser 52 is a rigid diffuser.
需要注意的是,在本申请各实施例中,扩散板上表面距离显示面板下表面之间的垂直距离、即混光距离OD1,在扩散板上贴附有光学膜片的情况下,可以指代扩散板上的光学膜片距离显示面板下表面之间的垂直距离、即混光距离OD1,这是由于光学膜片的厚度一般较薄,可以将其厚度忽略不计。It should be noted that in each embodiment of the present application, the vertical distance between the surface of the diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel, that is, the light mixing distance OD1, can refer to the case where an optical film is attached to the diffuser plate. The vertical distance between the optical film on the second-generation diffuser plate and the lower surface of the display panel, that is, the light mixing distance OD1, is because the thickness of the optical film is generally thin, and its thickness can be ignored.
与进一步的,本申请实施例所提到的扩散板上表面距离其它结构件的距离都可以作出类似解释。Furthermore, the distance between the surface of the diffuser plate and other structural members mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can be explained in a similar manner.
在直下式背光模组中进行窄BM显示面板组装时,为了实现显示装置的窄边框化,如图12所示,将液晶面板、光学膜片和扩散板贴附在一起形成整体结构,这样光学膜片和扩散板不会对液晶面板的有效显示区造成影响,显示装置形成的边框仅由液晶面板自身边缘部位的黑色矩阵(Black Matrix,BM)决定,以使液晶显示器达到窄边框的效果;扩散板通过中框与背板连接,扩散板与中框之间通过胶水粘接固定。另外,扩散板与背板之间还支撑有扩散板支架。When assembling a narrow BM display panel in a direct-lit backlight module, in order to achieve a narrow frame of the display device, as shown in FIG. The diaphragm and diffuser will not affect the effective display area of the liquid crystal panel. The frame formed by the display device is only determined by the black matrix (BM) at the edge of the liquid crystal panel itself, so that the liquid crystal display achieves a narrow frame effect; The diffuser plate is connected to the back plate through the middle frame, and the diffuser plate and the middle frame are bonded and fixed by glue. In addition, a diffuser bracket is supported between the diffuser plate and the back plate.
如图12所示,显示装置中,在显示面板100"的下方依次设置有光学膜片200"、扩散板300"和背板400",背板400"的边缘连接有中框600",扩散板300"和背板400"通过中框600"连接。As shown in FIG. 12, in the display device, an optical film 200", a diffuser 300", and a back plate 400" are sequentially arranged below the display panel 100", and a middle frame 600" is connected to the edge of the back plate 400". The board 300" and the back board 400" are connected by the middle frame 600".
其中,显示面板100"、光学膜片200"和扩散板300"之间可以粘贴连接,这样既可以保证显示面板100"、光学膜片200"和扩散板300"之间连接牢固,且显示面板100"、光学膜片200"及扩散板300"连接后的整体厚度较薄。Among them, the display panel 100", the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" can be bonded and connected, which can ensure that the display panel 100", the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are firmly connected, and the display panel The overall thickness after the connection of 100", optical film 200" and diffuser 300" is relatively thin.
另外,显示面板100"、光学膜片200"及扩散板300"三者之间进行贴附成为一个整体, 三者的侧边可以通过侧封胶500"进一步连接固定,光学膜片200"和扩散板300"对显示面板100"的显示区域110"的大小没有影响,可以实现显示装置的窄边框化。In addition, the display panel 100", the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are attached as a whole. The sides of the three can be further connected and fixed by the side sealant 500". The optical film 200" and The diffusion plate 300" has no effect on the size of the display area 110" of the display panel 100", and can realize a narrow frame of the display device.
其中,光学膜片200"和扩散板300"的侧边位于显示面板100"侧边的内侧,以显示装置整体的形状为长方形为例,显示装置的侧边可以指的是显示装置左右两侧的侧边。Among them, the sides of the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are located inside the sides of the display panel 100". Taking the overall shape of the display device as an example, the sides of the display device can refer to the left and right sides of the display device. The side.
光学膜片200"和扩散板300"的侧边在显示面板100"侧边的内侧,即光学膜片200"和扩散板300"的宽度小于显示面板100"的宽度,并且光学膜片200"和扩散板300"的侧边对应位于显示面板100"的非显示区域120"内,这样光学膜片200"和扩散板300"对显示面板100"的显示区域110"的大小完全无影响,显示面板100"的显示区域110"大小仅由自身决定。The sides of the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are inside the sides of the display panel 100", that is, the widths of the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" are smaller than the width of the display panel 100", and the optical film 200" The side of the diffuser plate 300" corresponds to the non-display area 120" of the display panel 100", so the optical film 200" and the diffuser plate 300" have no effect on the size of the display area 110" of the display panel 100". The size of the display area 110" of the panel 100" is determined only by itself.
如图12所示,可以理解的是,显示面板100"具有显示区域110"和非显示区域120",非显示区域120"位于显示面板100"的边缘部位,且非显示区域120"围在显示区域110"外周,非显示区域120"对应显示面板100"边缘设置有黑色矩阵(Black Matrix,BM)的区域,黑色矩阵用于防止显示面板100"漏光,但由于其不透光而形成显示面板100"的非显示区域120"。As shown in FIG. 12, it can be understood that the display panel 100" has a display area 110" and a non-display area 120", the non-display area 120" is located at the edge of the display panel 100", and the non-display area 120" surrounds the display The outer periphery of the area 110", the non-display area 120" corresponds to the area where the black matrix (BM) is arranged on the edge of the display panel 100". The black matrix is used to prevent the display panel 100" from leaking light, but it forms a display panel because it does not transmit light 100" non-display area 120".
本实施例中,显示面板100"的“边框”的宽窄,是指显示面板100"边缘的非显示区域120"的宽度大小,由于光学膜片200"和扩散板300"不影响显示面板100"的显示区域110"大小,显示面板100"的“边框”的宽窄仅对应黑色矩阵区域的宽窄,因而可以实现显示面板100"的“窄边框化”。In this embodiment, the width of the "frame" of the display panel 100" refers to the width of the non-display area 120" at the edge of the display panel 100". Since the optical film 200" and the diffuser 300" do not affect the display panel 100" The size of the display area 110", the width of the "frame" of the display panel 100" only corresponds to the width of the black matrix area, and thus the "border narrowing" of the display panel 100" can be realized.
虽然可以实现显示装置的窄边框化,但是由于扩散板300"的边缘位于显示面板100"边缘的内侧,扩散板300"的宽度较小,扩散板300"边缘至显示面板100"的显示区域110"边界之间的距离过小。Although the frame of the display device can be narrowed, since the edge of the diffuser 300" is located inside the edge of the display panel 100", the width of the diffuser 300" is small, and the edge of the diffuser 300" reaches the display area 110 of the display panel 100" "The distance between the borders is too small.
若将扩散板300"边缘与中框600"之间的粘胶区域控制在显示面板100"的非显示区域120"内,由于显示面板100"的窄边框化,非显示区域120"的宽度较小,且扩散板300"与中框600"之间的粘胶区域的宽度小于非显示区域120"的宽度,这样会由于粘胶区域的宽度较小,而导致扩散板300"与中框600"之间粘接不牢固。If the glue area between the edge of the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600" is controlled within the non-display area 120" of the display panel 100", the width of the non-display area 120" is smaller due to the narrow frame of the display panel 100". The width of the glue area between the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600" is smaller than the width of the non-display area 120". This will cause the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600 to be smaller due to the smaller width of the glue area. "The bonding is not strong.
而若将扩散板300"与中框600"之间的粘胶区域扩大至显示面板100"的显示区域110"内,虽然增大了粘胶区域的宽度,提高了扩散板300"与中框600"之间的连接强度,但由于粘胶区域进入显示面板100"的显示区域110"内,胶水会覆盖显示区域110"的边缘部位,这样胶水会影响显示区域110"边缘的显示效果。If the glue area between the diffuser 300" and the middle frame 600" is expanded to the display area 110" of the display panel 100", although the width of the glue area is increased, the diffuser 300" and the middle frame are increased. The connection strength between 600", but because the glue area enters the display area 110" of the display panel 100", the glue will cover the edge of the display area 110", so the glue will affect the display effect of the display area 110" edge.
因此,本实施例提供一种显示装置,以提高扩散板与背板之间的连接强度,同时避免扩散板与背板之间的胶水进入显示面板的显示区域,防止由此影响显示面板的显示效果。Therefore, the present embodiment provides a display device to improve the connection strength between the diffuser and the back plate, and at the same time prevent the glue between the diffuser and the back plate from entering the display area of the display panel, thereby preventing the display of the display panel from being affected. Effect.
图13为本申请实施例提供的显示装置的局部结构图;图14为本申请实施例提供的显示装置的局部剖视图。FIG. 13 is a partial structure diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application; FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application.
如图13和图14所示,本实施例提供一种显示装置,该显示装置由显示面板1"和背光模组构成。As shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14, this embodiment provides a display device, which is composed of a display panel 1" and a backlight module.
显示面板1"是液晶面板,显示面板1"的正面用于显示画面,背光模组位于显示面板1"的背面,背光模组用于为显示面板1"提供充分的亮度和分布均匀的光线,以使显示面板 1"显示图像。 Display panel 1" is a liquid crystal panel. The front of display panel 1" is used to display images, and the backlight module is located on the back of display panel 1". The backlight module is used to provide display panel 1" with sufficient brightness and uniform light distribution. So that the display panel 1" displays the image.
如图13和图14所示,在一些实施例中,背光模组包括由显示装置的背面向正面依次设置的背板4"、扩散板3"和光学膜片2"。As shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14, in some embodiments, the backlight module includes a back plate 4", a diffuser plate 3" and an optical film 2" which are sequentially arranged from the back of the display device to the front.
以显示面板1"的显示图像的一面为显示装置的正面为例,背光模组整***于显示面板1"的背面,背光模组提供的亮度和光源从显示面板1"的背面照射进入显示面板1",以使显示面板1"显示图像。Taking the image display side of the display panel 1" as the front of the display device as an example, the backlight module is located on the back of the display panel 1". The brightness and light source provided by the backlight module are irradiated from the back of the display panel 1" into the display panel 1. ", so that the display panel 1" displays the image.
背光模组中,背板4"位于背光模组的底部,背板4"用于对背光模组整体进行支撑,以保证背光模组的稳定性,并且保护背板4"内侧的背光模组的其他膜片不受损伤。In the backlight module, the backplane 4" is located at the bottom of the backlight module, and the backplane 4" is used to support the entire backlight module to ensure the stability of the backlight module and protect the backlight module inside the 4" backplane The other diaphragms are not damaged.
背板4"上还设置有背光源(图中未示出),背光源可以直接安装在背板4"的内表面上,其中,对于背板4"的内表面,可以理解为背板4"的朝向显示面板1"一侧的表面,背光源用于发出光线,为显示面板1"提供光源。The backplane 4" is also provided with a backlight source (not shown in the figure), and the backlight source can be directly installed on the inner surface of the backplane 4". The inner surface of the backplane 4" can be understood as the backplane 4. On the surface of the side facing the display panel 1", the backlight is used to emit light to provide the light source for the display panel 1".
示例性的,背光源为LED灯珠,背板4"上设置有多个LED灯珠,LED灯珠可以为阵列形式间隔排布,例如多个LED灯珠沿着背板4"的长度和宽度方向依次均匀间隔排布,以使背光源较为均匀的照亮显示面板1"的各区域。其中,LED灯珠可以通过螺钉等连接件固定在背板4"上,或者LED灯珠可以粘贴在背板4"上。Exemplarily, the backlight source is LED lamp beads, and a plurality of LED lamp beads are arranged on the back plate 4". The LED lamp beads can be arranged in an array at intervals, for example, a plurality of LED lamp beads are arranged along the length of the back plate 4" and The width direction is arranged at even intervals in order to make the backlight source more evenly illuminate each area of the display panel 1". Among them, the LED lamp beads can be fixed on the back plate 4" by screws and other connectors, or the LED lamp beads can be pasted On the backplane 4".
背板4"上还可以层叠有反射片(图中未示出),反射片用于将背光源发射的光线反射至扩散板3"。反射片层叠设置在背板4"的内表面上,例如,反射片可以粘贴于背板4"上。反射片上开设有小孔,背光源通过小孔外露。反射片用于将背光源发射的光线反射到位于背板4"上方的扩散板3"上。A reflective sheet (not shown in the figure) may also be laminated on the back plate 4", and the reflective sheet is used to reflect the light emitted by the backlight to the diffuser 3". The reflective sheet is laminated on the inner surface of the back plate 4", for example, the reflective sheet can be pasted on the back plate 4". A small hole is opened on the reflective sheet, and the backlight source is exposed through the small hole. The reflective sheet is used to reflect the light emitted by the backlight to the diffuser 3" located above the back plate 4".
作为背光源的LED灯珠发射的光线向其周围辐射,其中大部分光线会照射至扩散板3",但存在小部分光线的入射角度偏离扩散板3",这部分光线会射向背板4"。The light emitted by the LED lamp bead as the backlight radiates to its surroundings, most of which will illuminate the diffuser 3", but there is a small part of the light whose incident angle deviates from the diffuser 3", and this part of the light will be directed to the back plate 4" .
为提高背光源的光效利用率,通过在背板4"上层叠设置反射片,背光源射向背板4"的光线照射在反射片上,经过反射片反射后照射至扩散板3",这样背光源发出的光线大部分均可照射至扩散板3",背光模组具有更高的光效。In order to improve the light efficiency utilization of the backlight, by stacking a reflective sheet on the backplane 4", the light from the backlight source to the backplane 4" shines on the reflective sheet, and after being reflected by the reflective sheet, it irradiates to the diffuser 3", so that the backlight Most of the light emitted by the source can illuminate the diffuser 3", and the backlight module has higher light efficiency.
扩散板3"位于背板4"的上方,由于背光源的存在,且为了提高扩散板3"对背光源发射的光线的利用率,扩散板3"和背板4"之间通常具有一定的间距。The diffuser plate 3" is located above the back plate 4". Due to the existence of the backlight source, and in order to improve the utilization rate of the light emitted by the backlight source by the diffuser plate 3", there is usually a certain amount of space between the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4". spacing.
应用在显示装置中的扩散板3"具有较高的光线透过率,背光源发射的光线和经过反射片反射的光线照射向扩散板3",由于扩散板3"的扩散性高,可以将背光源发射的光线扩散至背光模组的各区域,能够为显示面板1"提供较为均匀的光源。The diffuser 3" used in the display device has a high light transmittance. The light emitted by the backlight and the light reflected by the reflector illuminate the diffuser 3". Due to the high diffusivity of the diffuser 3", it can be The light emitted by the backlight diffuses to each area of the backlight module, which can provide a relatively uniform light source for the display panel 1".
扩散板3"和显示面板1"之间设置有光学膜片2",光学膜片2"中可以包括多个功能性膜片,例如光学膜片2"包括棱镜膜和偏振片等,通过设置光学膜片2",可以改善背光模组中光线的角分布,提高背光模组的轴向亮度,提高总的出光光通量,为显示面板1"提供充足的亮度。An optical film 2" is arranged between the diffuser plate 3" and the display panel 1". The optical film 2" may include multiple functional films. For example, the optical film 2" includes a prism film and a polarizer. The optical film 2" can improve the angular distribution of light in the backlight module, increase the axial brightness of the backlight module, increase the total light flux, and provide sufficient brightness for the display panel 1".
如图14所示,由于扩散板3"和背板4"之间具有间距,且扩散板3"与背板4"边缘之间粘贴连接。As shown in Fig. 14, there is a gap between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4", and the edge of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" are glued and connected.
本实施例中,背板4"包括主体部41"和边框部42",主体部41"位于背板4"的中间部位, 且主体部41"与扩散板3"之间具有间距。例如,主体部41"为与扩散板3"平行的平面结构。In this embodiment, the back plate 4" includes a main body portion 41" and a frame portion 42", the main body portion 41" is located in the middle of the back plate 4", and there is a distance between the main body portion 41" and the diffuser 3". For example, The main body 41" has a planar structure parallel to the diffuser 3".
边框部42"位于背板4"的周向各边缘,主体部41"的各侧边与边框部42"连接,边框部42"用于和扩散板3"连接。The frame portion 42" is located at each peripheral edge of the back plate 4", each side edge of the main body portion 41" is connected to the frame portion 42", and the frame portion 42" is used to connect to the diffuser plate 3".
在一些实施例中,边框部42"整体可以由其于主体部41"连接的一侧至另一侧朝向扩散板3"弯折,即边框部42"的边缘弯折至与扩散板3"的边缘抵接,如此通过边框部42"支撑在扩散板3"的边缘,边框部42"的与扩散板3"边缘抵接的部位与扩散板3"之间可以粘贴连接。In some embodiments, the entire frame portion 42" can be bent toward the diffuser 3" from one side connected to the main body 41" to the other side, that is, the edge of the frame portion 42" is bent to the diffuser 3" The edge of the frame part 42" is supported on the edge of the diffuser plate 3" in this way, and the part of the frame part 42" that abuts the edge of the diffuser plate 3" and the diffuser plate 3" can be adhesively connected.
如图14所示,在一些实施例中,背板4"的主体部41"和边框部42"单独成型,之后将主体部41"和边框部42"连接在一起形成背板4",例如,主体部41"是平板状,这样通过单独加工成型主体部41",可以提高主体部41"的制作效率,同样的,单独加工制作边框部42",也可以提高边框部42"的制作效率,并且还可以简化主体部41"和边框部42"的成型工艺,降低两者的制作成本。As shown in FIG. 14, in some embodiments, the main body 41" and the frame 42" of the back plate 4" are formed separately, and then the main body 41" and the frame 42" are connected together to form the back plate 4", for example The main body 41" is a flat plate. In this way, the production efficiency of the main body 41" can be improved by processing the main body 41" separately. Similarly, the production efficiency of the frame 42" can also be improved by processing the frame 42" separately. In addition, the molding process of the main body 41" and the frame 42" can be simplified, and the manufacturing cost of both can be reduced.
主体部41"和边框部42"分别成型后,可以将边框部42"对应主体部41"的一侧与主体部41"连接,例如边框部42"与主体部41"之间通过螺钉或螺栓等连接件连接,或者边框部42"与主体部41"粘贴连接;边框部42"的另一侧与扩散板3"的边缘连接,本实施例中,边框部42"的边缘与扩散板3"边缘可以粘贴连接。After the main body 41" and the frame 42" are separately formed, the side of the frame 42" corresponding to the main body 41" can be connected to the main body 41", for example, screws or bolts are used between the frame 42" and the main body 41" The other side of the frame 42" is connected to the edge of the diffuser 3". In this embodiment, the edge of the frame 42" is connected to the diffuser 3 "The edges can be pasted and connected.
如图14所示,边框部42"与主体部41"之间粘贴连接时,边框部42"的面向主体部41"的一侧可以设置为具有凸缘的形式,边框部42"的凸缘搭接在主体部41"朝向扩散板3"一侧的内表面,或者边框部42"的凸缘搭接在主体部41"另一侧的外表面,这样边框部42"与主体部41"之间具有更多的搭接面积,边框部42"与主体部41"粘贴连接时,可以增强两者的连接强度。As shown in Figure 14, when the frame portion 42" and the main body portion 41" are glued and connected, the side of the frame portion 42" facing the main body portion 41" can be provided in the form of a flange, and the flange of the frame portion 42" Overlap on the inner surface of the main body portion 41" facing the diffuser 3", or the flange of the frame portion 42" overlaps the outer surface of the other side of the main body portion 41", so that the frame portion 42" and the main body portion 41" There is more overlap area between them. When the frame portion 42" and the main body portion 41" are pasted and connected, the connection strength between the two can be enhanced.
在一些其它实施例中,背板4"也可是整体结构,即边框部42"和主体部41"为一体成型件,示例性的,背板4"在成型为需要的形状之前,背板4"可以是一整块平板,然后将背板4"的边缘弯折形成边框部42"。In some other embodiments, the back plate 4" may also be an integral structure, that is, the frame portion 42" and the main body portion 41" are integrally formed pieces. For example, before the back plate 4" is formed into the required shape, the back plate 4 "It can be a whole flat plate, and then the edge of the back plate 4" is bent to form the frame portion 42".
另外,如图14所示,由于扩散板3"与背板4"的主体部41"之间具有间距,为了使显示面板1"、光学膜片2"和扩散板3"稳定的支撑在背板4"上,避免三者由于自身重力作用,中部发生塌陷,提高显示面板1"、光学膜片2"和扩散板3"的平整度,背板4"的主体部41"与扩散板3"之间可以支撑有扩散板支架9"。In addition, as shown in FIG. 14, due to the spacing between the diffuser 3" and the main body 41" of the back plate 4", in order to stabilize the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" on the back On the 4" board, avoid the three parts from collapsing in the middle due to its own gravity, and improve the flatness of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3". The main body 41" of the backplane 4" and the diffuser 3 "There can be a diffuser support 9" between them.
扩散板支架9"支撑在扩散板3"和背板4"的主体部41"之间,以使扩散板3"稳定的固定在背板4"上方,保持扩散板3"与背板4"的主体部41"之间的间距,保证显示面板1"、光学膜片2"和扩散板3"的平整度。The diffuser bracket 9" is supported between the diffuser 3" and the main body 41" of the back plate 4", so that the diffuser 3" is stably fixed on the top of the back plate 4" and keeps the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" The spacing between the main body parts 41" of the display panel can ensure the flatness of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
可以理解的是,本实施例中,支撑在扩散板3"与背板4"的主体部41"之间的扩散板支架9"可以具有多个,以保证多个扩散板支架9"能够将扩散板3"稳定的支撑于背板4"上方,保证扩散板支架9"的支撑作用。It is understandable that in this embodiment, the diffuser support 9" supported between the diffuser 3" and the main body 41" of the back plate 4" can have multiple diffuser brackets 9" to ensure that the multiple diffuser brackets 9" can The diffuser 3" is stably supported above the back plate 4" to ensure the supporting effect of the diffuser bracket 9".
如图13和图14所示,本实施例中,背板4"的侧边缘具有连接面421",扩散板3"的侧边缘和背板4"的连接面421"连接。由于背板4"包括主体部41"和连接于主体部41"的周向 各侧的边框部42",因而背板4"的连接面421"位于边框部42"上,示例性的,可以位于边框部42"的边缘,边框部42"的连接面421"抵接在扩散板3"边缘,通过在扩散板3"边缘和边框部42"的边缘之间设置粘贴层,将扩散板3"边缘和边框部42"的连接面421"粘贴连接。As shown in Figures 13 and 14, in this embodiment, the side edge of the back plate 4" has a connecting surface 421", and the side edge of the diffuser 3" is connected to the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4". Because of the back plate 4 "Including the main body 41" and the frame portion 42" connected to each side of the main body 41" in the circumferential direction, so the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4" is located on the frame portion 42", for example, it may be located on the frame portion 42 The connecting surface 421" of the "edge, frame portion 42" abuts on the edge of the diffuser 3", and an adhesive layer is provided between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the edge of the frame 42" to connect the edge of the diffuser 3" to the frame The connecting surface 421" of the part 42" is pasted and connected.
本实施例中,扩散板3"的侧边伸出至显示面板1"的侧边的周向外侧,如图13和图14所示,扩散板3"的各侧边均暴露在显示面板1"的侧边之外,即扩散板3"的长度和宽度均大于显示面板1"的长度和宽度。In this embodiment, the side of the diffuser 3" extends to the circumferential outside of the side of the display panel 1". As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, each side of the diffuser 3" is exposed on the display panel 1. Except for the sides of ", that is, the length and width of the diffuser 3" are greater than the length and width of the display panel 1".
通过扩散板3"的长度和宽度分别大于显示面板1"的长度和宽度,扩散板3"边缘至扩散板3"上对应的显示面板1"显示区域11"的边界之间的宽度增大,这样背板4"边框部42"的连接面421"可以对应设置在显示面板1"显示区域11"的边界之外,即连接面421"的内缘可以对应位于显示面板1"的非显示区域12"内。Since the length and width of the diffuser 3" are larger than the length and width of the display panel 1" respectively, the width from the edge of the diffuser 3" to the border of the corresponding display area 11" of the display panel 1 on the diffuser 3" increases, In this way, the connection surface 421" of the "frame portion 42" of the back plate 4 can be correspondingly arranged outside the boundary of the "display area 11" of the display panel 1, that is, the inner edge of the connection surface 421" can correspond to the non-display area of the display panel 1" Within 12".
这样连接面421"内缘不会进入显示面板1"的显示区域11",因而连接面421"不会对进入显示面板1"的显示区域11"内的光线和亮度造成遮挡,即连接面421"不会影响显示面板1"显示区域11"内边缘部位的显示效果。In this way, the inner edge of the connecting surface 421" will not enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", so the connecting surface 421" will not block the light and brightness entering the display area 11" of the display panel 1", that is, the connecting surface 421 "Does not affect the display effect of the inner edge of the display panel 1" display area 11".
同时,由于扩散板3"的面积增大,因而即便连接面421"内缘位于显示面板1"边缘的非显示区域12"内,扩散板3"边缘与连接面421"之间仍然具有较大的重合面积,这样可以增大扩散板3"与连接面421"之间的粘胶区域的宽度,因而可以增强扩散板3"与背板4"边框部42"连接面421"之间的连接强度。At the same time, due to the increased area of the diffuser 3", even if the inner edge of the connecting surface 421" is located in the non-display area 12" of the edge of the display panel 1", there is still a large gap between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421". This can increase the width of the adhesive area between the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421", thus enhancing the connection between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" frame portion 42" connecting surface 421" strength.
其中,扩散板3"边缘与背板4"边框部42"的连接面421"之间的粘胶区域指的是扩散板3"与连接面421"之间的粘贴层的覆盖区域,粘贴层覆盖区域的面积越大,则扩散板3"与背板4"的连接面421"的连接强度越大。Among them, the adhesive area between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4 "frame portion 42" refers to the covering area of the adhesive layer between the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421", the adhesive layer The larger the area of the coverage area, the greater the connection strength of the connection surface 421" between the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4".
具体的,扩散板3"与背板4"边框部42"的连接面421"之间可以通过框胶7"连接,框胶7"的涂覆区域的内边界未超出显示面板1"的非显示区域12"的内边界。本实施例中,扩散板3"边缘与背板4"边框部42"的连接面421"之间设置的粘结层具体为框胶7",扩散板3"与背板4"连接面421"之间通过框胶7"粘贴连接。Specifically, the connection surface 421" of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" frame portion 42" can be connected by a sealant 7", and the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" does not exceed the non-limiting area of the display panel 1". Display the inner boundary of the area 12". In this embodiment, the bonding layer provided between the edge of the diffuser plate 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4" frame portion 42" is specifically a sealant 7", and the connecting surface 421 of the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4" "Both are connected by sealant 7".
框胶7"的涂覆区域的内边界未超出显示面板1"的非显示区域12"的内边界,显示面板1"的非显示区域12"的内边界即为显示区域11"的外边界,框胶7"的涂覆区域,也就是扩散板3"与背板4"连接面421"之间的粘胶区域未进入显示面板1"的显示区域11"内,即框胶7"未进入显示面板1"的显示区域11"内,这样框胶7"不会对显示面板1"的显示区域11"的显示效果造成影响。The inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" does not exceed the inner boundary of the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1", and the inner boundary of the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1" is the outer boundary of the display area 11". The coating area of the sealant 7", that is, the adhesive area between the diffusion plate 3" and the back plate 4" connection surface 421", does not enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", that is, the sealant 7" does not enter In the display area 11" of the display panel 1", the sealant 7" will not affect the display effect of the display area 11" of the display panel 1".
通过使框胶7"不进入显示面板1"的显示区域11",即框胶7"的涂覆区域的内边界对应位于显示面板1"边缘的非显示区域12"内,由于扩散板3"的边缘伸出至显示面板1"的边缘之外,扩散板3"边缘与连接面421"之间可以具有较大面积的重合区域,框胶7"的涂覆区域的外边界可以向外延伸,因而可以保证扩散板3"与背板4"连接面421"之间具有足够的粘胶区域,因而可以确保扩散板3"与背板4"之间连接牢固;同时,框胶7"不会进入显示面板1"的显示区域11",因而可以提升显示面板1"的显示效果。By preventing the sealant 7" from entering the display area 11" of the display panel 1", that is, the inner boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" corresponds to the non-display area 12" at the edge of the display panel 1", due to the diffuser 3" The edge of the display panel 1" extends beyond the edge of the display panel 1", the edge of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" can have a larger overlap area, and the outer boundary of the coating area of the sealant 7" can extend outward Therefore, it can be ensured that there is enough glue area between the connecting surface 421" of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4", thus ensuring a firm connection between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4"; at the same time, the frame glue 7" does not It will enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", so the display effect of the display panel 1" can be improved.
本实施例中,扩散板3"的周向上的各方向边缘可以均伸出至显示面板的侧边的周向外 侧。以显示装置的形状为长方形为例,扩散板3"的左右两侧及上下两端的侧边均可以伸出至显示面板的相应侧边之外,这样扩散板3"各方向的尺寸均大于显示面板1",扩散板3"各侧边与显示面板1"的显示区域的外边界之间的距离均较大。In this embodiment, the circumferential edges of the diffuser 3" can all extend to the outer side of the display panel in the circumferential direction. Taking the shape of the display device as an example, the left and right sides of the diffuser 3" and The sides of the upper and lower ends can extend beyond the corresponding sides of the display panel, so that the size of the diffuser 3" in each direction is larger than that of the display panel 1", and the sides of the diffuser 3" are connected to the display area of the display panel 1". The distances between the outer boundaries of are larger.
这样扩散板3"各侧边与背板4"连接面421"之间均具有较大的重合面积,扩散板3"各侧边与连接面421"之间均具有较大的粘胶区域,可以保证扩散板3"各侧边与背板4"的连接强度,同时也可避免扩散板各侧边的框胶进入显示面板1"的显示区域内,可以保证显示面板1"显示区域的各部位均具有较好的显示效果。In this way, each side of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4 have a larger overlap area, and each side of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" have a larger glue area. It can ensure the connection strength between each side of the diffuser plate 3" and the back plate 4". At the same time, it can also prevent the sealant on each side of the diffuser plate from entering the display area of the display panel 1". It can ensure that the display area of the display panel 1" All parts have good display effect.
在一种具体实施方式中,扩散板3"的侧边伸出至显示面板1"的侧边的伸出长度范围可以为0-1mm。这样既可以保证扩散板3"的侧边与背板4"的连接面421"之间具有足够的粘胶区域,可以避免扩散板3"与背板4"之间的胶水进入显示面板1"的显示区域内,从而可以保证显示面板1"具有较好的显示效果;同时,扩散板3"的侧边伸出至显示面板1"外的宽度较小,对显示装置的整体尺寸影响较小,显示装置仍然可以具有窄边框效果。In a specific embodiment, the protruding length from the side of the diffuser 3" to the side of the display panel 1" may be 0-1 mm. This can ensure that there is enough glue area between the side of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4", and can prevent the glue between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" from entering the display panel 1" It can ensure that the display panel 1" has a better display effect; at the same time, the width of the side of the diffuser 3" extending beyond the display panel 1" is small, which has little effect on the overall size of the display device , The display device can still have a narrow frame effect.
示例性的,扩散板3"的侧边伸出至显示面板1"外的伸出长度可以为0.2mm、0.4mm、0.6mm、0.8mm等,本实施例对此不作具体限制。Exemplarily, the protruding length of the side edge of the diffuser 3" to the outside of the display panel 1" can be 0.2mm, 0.4mm, 0.6mm, 0.8mm, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
如图13和图14所示,为了保证扩散板3"边缘与背板4"的连接面421"之间具有足够的重合面积,在一种可能的实施方式中,背板4"的侧边与扩散板3"的侧边可以平齐。As shown in Figures 13 and 14, in order to ensure that there is a sufficient overlap area between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the connecting surface 421" of the back plate 4", in a possible embodiment, the side of the back plate 4" It can be flush with the 3" side of the diffuser.
这样背板4"边缘与扩散板3"边缘超出显示面板1"边缘的宽度相同,背板4"的连接面421"与扩散板3"边缘之间的粘胶区域在保证不进入显示面板1"的显示区域11"的前提下,由于扩散板3"边缘和背板4"连接面421"之间具有较大面积的重合区域,因而粘胶区域可以延伸至显示面板1"边缘甚至显示面板1"边缘的外侧,进而扩散板3"与背板4"连接面421"之间具有足够的粘胶区域,可以保证扩散板3"和背板4"连接牢固。In this way, the 4" edge of the backplane and the edge of the diffuser 3" have the same width beyond the edge of the display panel 1". The adhesive area between the connection surface 421" of the backplane 4" and the edge of the diffuser 3" is guaranteed not to enter the display panel 1. Under the premise of "display area 11", since there is a large overlap area between the edge of the diffuser 3" and the "connection surface 421" of the back plate 4, the adhesive area can extend to the edge of the display panel 1" or even the display panel On the outside of the 1" edge, there is enough glue area between the connecting surface 421" of the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" to ensure that the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4" are firmly connected.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,背板4"的侧边也可以伸出至扩散板3"的侧边的外侧,不论是背板4"侧边与扩散板3"侧边平齐,还是背板4"的整体宽度大于扩散板3"的宽度,背板4"的侧边暴露在扩散板3"侧边外,均可保证扩散板3"边缘与背板4"连接面421"之间具有足够宽度的粘胶区域,可以提高扩散板3"与背板4"之间的连接强度;并且,若背板4"的整体宽度大于扩散板3",则背板4"对显示装置具有更好的支撑作用。In another possible embodiment, the side of the back plate 4" can also extend to the outside of the side of the diffuser 3", regardless of whether the side of the back plate 4" is flush with the side of the diffuser 3", The overall width of the back plate 4" is greater than the width of the diffuser plate 3", and the side of the back plate 4" is exposed outside the 3" side of the diffuser plate, which can guarantee the connection surface 421" between the 3" edge of the diffuser plate and the back plate 4" Adhesive areas with sufficient width between them can improve the connection strength between the diffuser 3" and the back plate 4"; and if the overall width of the back plate 4" is greater than the diffuser 3", the back plate 4" will display The device has a better supporting effect.
在保证背板4"的连接面421"及扩散板3"与背板4"连接面421"之间的框胶7"不会进入显示面板1"的显示区域11"的前提下,为了使光学膜片2"和扩散板3"不会对显示面板1"的显示效果造成影响,如图13和图14所示,本实施例中,显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间可以全贴合。Under the premise of ensuring that the connection surface 421" of the backplane 4" and the sealant 7" between the diffusion plate 3" and the "connection surface 421" of the backplane 4 will not enter the display area 11" of the display panel 1", in order to make The optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" will not affect the display effect of the display panel 1", as shown in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14, in this embodiment, between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and The optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" can be fully bonded.
通过使显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间、光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间采用全贴合的方式,即显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间的各部位之间完全贴合、光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间的各部位全贴合,这样显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间不通过另外的支撑部件来连接,不存在额外的支撑部件影响显示面板1"显示区域11"的边缘部位的显示效果。By making the display panel 1" and the optical film 2", between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" adopt a fully bonded method, that is, each part between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" The parts between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" are fully bonded, so that the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" They are not connected by another supporting member, and there is no additional supporting member that affects the display effect of the edge portion of the "display area 11" of the display panel 1.
需要说明的是,显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间可以通过设置整层的胶水来使两者之间 全贴合连接,同样的,光学膜片2"和扩散板3"之间也可以通过设置整层的胶水使两者之间全贴合;并且,显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间的胶水层以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间的胶水层均应当具有较好的透光度,可以使背光模组提供的光线较好的通过胶水层照射至显示面板1",以使显示面板1"具有均匀且充足的亮度,以保证显示面板1"的显示效果。It should be noted that the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" can be fully bonded and connected by setting the entire layer of glue. Similarly, between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" It is also possible to set the entire layer of glue to fully bond between the two; and, the glue layer between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and the glue layer between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" All should have good light transmittance, so that the light provided by the backlight module can be better irradiated to the display panel 1" through the glue layer, so that the display panel 1" has uniform and sufficient brightness to ensure the display panel 1" The display effect.
在一种具体实施方式中,显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间均可以涂覆有透明光学胶层8",以通过透明光学胶层8"连接显示面板1"、光学膜片2"和扩散板3"。In a specific embodiment, a transparent optical adhesive layer 8" may be coated between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffusion plate 3" to pass the transparent optical adhesive Layer 8" connects the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
如图14所示,本实施例中,显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间的全贴合方案由透明光学胶层8"来实现,即显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间均通过透明光学胶连接,且透明光学胶覆盖显示面板1"与光学膜片2"之间以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3"之间的全部区域。As shown in Figure 14, in this embodiment, the full bonding solution between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" is implemented by a transparent optical adhesive layer 8" , That is, between the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" are connected by transparent optical glue, and the transparent optical glue covers the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" And the entire area between the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3".
在实际应用中,透明光学胶层8"可以为OCA光学胶层,OCA光学胶无色透明,光透过率在90%以上,且胶结强度良好,可在室温或中温下固化,且固化收缩小,因而采用OCA光学胶粘贴显示面板1"与光学膜片2"以及光学膜片2"与扩散板3",不仅可以使显示装置窄边框化,增大显示面板1"的显示区域11",还可以减少显示面板1"的眩光现象,增加显示面板1"的对比度,并且使显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩散板3"三者之间具有更高的连接强度;采用OCA光学胶全贴合的方式,还可以提高显示装置的平整度。In practical applications, the transparent optical adhesive layer 8" can be an OCA optical adhesive layer, which is colorless and transparent, has a light transmittance of more than 90%, and has good bonding strength. It can be cured at room temperature or medium temperature, and the curing shrinks. It is small, so the display panel 1" and the optical film 2" and the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" are glued with OCA optical glue, which can not only narrow the frame of the display device, but also increase the display area of the display panel 1" 11 ", it can also reduce the glare phenomenon of the display panel 1", increase the contrast of the display panel 1", and make the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" have a higher connection strength; adopt The full bonding of OCA optical glue can also improve the flatness of the display device.
如图14所示,为了避免光学膜片2"影响显示面板1"的显示效果,可选的,光学膜片2"的侧边可以位于显示面板1"的非显示区域12"内。若光学膜片2"的宽度过小,致使光学膜片2"的侧边对应位于显示面板1"的显示区域11"内,例如,光学膜片2"的侧边对应显示区域11"内靠近其边界的部位,这样背光源的照射至显示面板1"的显示区域11"边缘的光线直接透过扩散板3"照射至显示面板1",而不会经过光学膜片2"的处理,因而显示面板1"显示区域11"的边缘部位的轴向亮度可能较弱,这会影响显示面板1"的显示效果。As shown in Figure 14, in order to prevent the optical film 2" from affecting the display effect of the display panel 1", optionally, the side of the optical film 2" can be located in the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1". The width of the film 2" is too small, so that the side of the optical film 2" corresponds to the display area 11" of the display panel 1", for example, the side of the optical film 2" corresponds to the display area 11" close to its border In this way, the light from the backlight irradiated to the edge of the display area 11" of the display panel 1" is directly irradiated to the display panel 1" through the diffuser 3" without being processed by the optical film 2", so the display panel The axial brightness of the edge of the 1" display area 11" may be weak, which will affect the display effect of the display panel 1".
因此,本实施例中,光学膜片2"的侧边对应位于显示面板1"的非显示区域12"内,这样进入显示面板1"显示区域11"内的所有光线都能经过光学膜片2"处理,因而可以使显示面板1"具有均匀和充足的亮度。Therefore, in this embodiment, the side of the optical film 2" is correspondingly located in the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1", so that all light entering the display panel 1" display area 11" can pass through the optical film 2. "Processing, so that the display panel 1" can have uniform and sufficient brightness.
在一些实施例中,光学膜片2"的侧边位于显示面板1"的非显示区域12"内,并不限定为光学膜片2"的宽度小于显示面板1"的宽度,光学膜片2"的侧边对应位于显示面板1"侧边以及非显示区域12"的内边界之间,也可以是光学膜片2"的侧边与显示面板1"的侧边平齐。In some embodiments, the side of the optical film 2" is located in the non-display area 12" of the display panel 1", and it is not limited to the width of the optical film 2" being smaller than the width of the display panel 1", and the optical film 2 The side of "is correspondingly located between the side of the display panel 1" and the inner boundary of the non-display area 12", or the side of the optical film 2" is flush with the side of the display panel 1".
如图13和图14所示,由于本实施例中的显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩散板3"之间采用OCA光学胶全贴合的方式连接,且扩散板3"的宽度大于显示面板1"的宽度,而OCA光学胶具有较好的透光度,为避免显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩散板3"之间漏光,本实施例中,显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩散板3"的侧边还可以涂覆有侧封胶5"。As shown in Figures 13 and 14, since the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" in this embodiment are connected by OCA optical glue, the width of the diffuser 3" It is larger than the width of the display panel 1", and the OCA optical glue has better light transmittance. In order to avoid light leakage between the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3", in this embodiment, the display panel 1" , The sides of the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" can also be coated with side sealant 5".
通过在显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩散板3"的侧边涂覆侧封胶5",不仅可以避免漏光现象,提高显示面板1"的亮度,并且通过侧封胶5"连接显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩 散板3"的侧边,可以进一步提高显示面板1"、光学膜片2"及扩散板3"三者之间的连接强度,进而提高显示装置的整体强度。By coating the side sealant 5" on the sides of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3", not only the light leakage phenomenon can be avoided, the brightness of the display panel 1" can be improved, and the side sealant 5" is used for connection The sides of the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3" can further improve the connection strength between the display panel 1", the optical film 2" and the diffuser 3", thereby improving the display device’s performance Overall strength.
本实施例提供的显示装置,包括显示面板和背光模组,背光模组位于显示面板的背面,用来为显示面板提供充足的亮度和分布均匀的光源;背光模组包括设置在显示面板背面的扩散板和背板,背板作为整个背光模组的支撑而位于背光模组的底部,扩散板位于背板上方,其用于将背光模组提供的光源均匀化;其中,扩散板与背板侧边缘的连接面之间粘贴连接,并且扩散板的侧边伸出至显示面板的侧边的外侧,这样扩散板边缘到显示面板的非显示区域与显示区域之间的界限的距离较大,即扩散板的边缘具有较大的宽度,扩散板边缘与背板边缘的连接面之间具有较大的重合面积,增大了扩散板边缘与背板连接面之间的粘胶区域的宽度,不仅可以提高扩散板与背板之间的连接强度,还可以避免粘胶区域的内边界进入显示面板的显示区域,防止对显示面板边缘的显示效果造成影响。The display device provided by this embodiment includes a display panel and a backlight module. The backlight module is located on the back of the display panel and is used to provide sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources for the display panel; the backlight module includes a display panel arranged on the back of the display panel. The diffuser plate and the back plate, the back plate is located at the bottom of the backlight module as the support of the entire backlight module, and the diffuser plate is located above the back plate, which is used to homogenize the light source provided by the backlight module; among them, the diffuser plate and the back plate The connection surfaces of the side edges are glued and connected, and the side edges of the diffuser extend to the outside of the side of the display panel, so that the distance between the edge of the diffuser and the boundary between the non-display area of the display panel and the display area is relatively large. That is, the edge of the diffuser has a larger width, and the connecting surface between the edge of the diffuser and the edge of the back plate has a larger overlap area, which increases the width of the glue area between the edge of the diffuser and the connecting surface of the back plate. Not only can the strength of the connection between the diffuser plate and the back plate be improved, but also the inner boundary of the glue area can be prevented from entering the display area of the display panel, and the display effect of the edge of the display panel can be prevented from being affected.
在下文中,将根据另一实施例进行描述。由于这些实施例除了仅部分构成之外与上述实施例相同,所以主要将对其间的不同点进行描述,对相同部件的描述将由上述实施例相同的附图标记和描述来表示。Hereinafter, description will be made according to another embodiment. Since these embodiments are the same as the above-mentioned embodiments except for only a part of the configuration, the differences between them will be mainly described, and the description of the same components will be denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions of the above-mentioned embodiments.
在本实施例中,背板和扩散板之间连接有中框,中框上设置有连接面,中框的连接面与扩散板的侧边粘结固定。In this embodiment, a middle frame is connected between the back plate and the diffuser plate, the middle frame is provided with a connecting surface, and the connecting surface of the middle frame is bonded and fixed to the side of the diffuser plate.
本实施例中,背板不同于上述实施例中的背板结构,背板可为一平板或者背板包括平板部和从所述平板部边缘向着显示面板延伸的侧壁部。In this embodiment, the backplane is different from the backplane structure in the above embodiments. The backplane can be a flat plate or the backplane includes a flat plate part and a side wall part extending from the edge of the flat plate part toward the display panel.
中框和背板之间通过卡合或粘结方式连接,对此结构不做特别限定。The middle frame and the back plate are connected by clamping or bonding, and the structure is not particularly limited.
因BM区变窄,如何对具有窄BM区的液晶面板进行组装是亟需解决的问题。图15是相关技术中显示面板1a的一种固定方案的结构示意图,该方案中显示面板1a固定于背板组件7a的中框或背板上。Due to the narrowing of the BM area, how to assemble a liquid crystal panel with a narrow BM area is an urgent problem to be solved. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing solution of the display panel 1a in the related art. In this solution, the display panel 1a is fixed to the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly 7a.
请参阅图15所示,显示装置包括背板组件7a,背板组件7a具有支撑和承载作用,背板组件7a包括第一承载部701a和第二承载部702a,第二承载部702a位于第一承载部701a外侧,并向前凸伸出第一承载部701a,其中显示面板1a固定于第二承载部702a上。目前现有的窄边框的液晶显示器中,受限于显示面板1a的非显示区11a,即BM区较小,光学膜片2a和扩散板3a采用全贴合的方式固定光学膜片2a。光学膜片2a位于显示面板1a与扩散板3a之间,玻璃扩散板3a的尺寸通常小于显示面板1a的显示区12a。Please refer to Figure 15, the display device includes a backplane assembly 7a, the backplane assembly 7a has a supporting and bearing function, the backplane assembly 7a includes a first carrying part 701a and a second carrying part 702a, the second carrying part 702a is located in the first The outer side of the supporting portion 701a protrudes forward from the first supporting portion 701a, and the display panel 1a is fixed on the second supporting portion 702a. In the current liquid crystal display with a narrow frame, the non-display area 11a of the display panel 1a is limited, that is, the BM area is small, and the optical film 2a and the diffuser 3a are fully bonded to fix the optical film 2a. The optical film 2a is located between the display panel 1a and the diffusion plate 3a, and the size of the glass diffusion plate 3a is generally smaller than the display area 12a of the display panel 1a.
为了保证固定的可靠性,扩散板3a需要粘接到背板组件7a的中框或背板上,故将扩散板3a通过粘接件粘接固定于第一承载部701a。因扩散板3a的尺寸通常小于显示面板1a的显示区12a,因此,玻璃扩散板3a的粘接面必然会进入显示面板1a的显示区12a,粘接件的存在导致光线在此处形成暗影,为了消除暗影对显示装置的影响,扩散板3a通过胶带粘贴到导光件8a上,导光件8a再通过胶带粘接到背板组件7a的第一承载部701a上,导光件8a能够改变光线的路径,由此改善暗影带来的影响。In order to ensure the reliability of the fixation, the diffuser plate 3a needs to be adhered to the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly 7a, so the diffuser plate 3a is adhered and fixed to the first supporting portion 701a through an adhesive. Since the size of the diffuser 3a is usually smaller than the display area 12a of the display panel 1a, the adhesive surface of the glass diffuser 3a will inevitably enter the display area 12a of the display panel 1a. The presence of the adhesive causes the light to form dark shadows here. In order to eliminate the influence of dark shadows on the display device, the diffuser 3a is pasted to the light guide 8a by tape, and the light guide 8a is then bonded to the first supporting portion 701a of the back plate assembly 7a by tape. The light guide 8a can be changed. The path of light, thereby improving the influence of shadows.
扩散板3a的粘接需要贴附导光件8a,导致生产工序复杂,生产成本较高。同时受导光件8a的影响,LED排布会尽量靠近显示面板1a的显示区12a以改善主观暗影问题,通 常结构外观上都是直角外观,影响产品外观的美观性。The adhesion of the diffuser plate 3a requires the light guide 8a to be attached, which results in complicated production procedures and high production costs. At the same time, affected by the light guide 8a, the LED arrangement will be as close as possible to the display area 12a of the display panel 1a to improve the subjective shadow problem. Generally, the appearance of the structure is right-angled, which affects the aesthetics of the product appearance.
请参阅图15,在本方案中,显示面板1a通过透明UV胶水粘接固定于背板组件7a的第二承载面702a上,在透明UV胶水处具有透光问题。目前通常使用遮光胶带9a在侧方贴附的方式来进行遮光,但遮光胶带9a在长期使用中容易因脱落或开胶,因此仍存在透光风险。Referring to FIG. 15, in this solution, the display panel 1a is bonded and fixed to the second bearing surface 702a of the backplane assembly 7a by transparent UV glue, and the transparent UV glue has a problem of light transmission. At present, the light-shielding tape 9a is usually attached to the side for shading. However, the light-shielding tape 9a is likely to fall off or open during long-term use, so there is still a risk of light transmission.
若选择具有遮光性的胶水来实现显示面板1a的固定,因胶水的遮光性,不会出现透光问题,但因显示面板1a的BM较小,容易在固定的过程中将胶水挤压至显示区12a,挤压至显示区12a的胶水会使得显示面板的边缘出现暗影问题,影响显示效果。If the light-shielding glue is selected to realize the fixation of the display panel 1a, the light-shielding property of the glue will not cause light transmission problems, but because the BM of the display panel 1a is small, it is easy to squeeze the glue to the display during the fixing process. In the area 12a, the glue squeezed to the display area 12a will cause a dark shadow problem on the edge of the display panel, which will affect the display effect.
图16是相关技术中显示面板1b的另一种固定方案的结构示意图,该方案中显示面板1b固定于光学膜片2b上。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another fixing solution of the display panel 1b in the related art. In this solution, the display panel 1b is fixed on the optical film 2b.
请参阅图16,在该方案中,光学膜片2b和扩散板3b同样采用全贴合的方式固定光学膜片2b。显示面板1b的非显示区11b粘接固定在光学膜片2b上。扩散板3b的固定面需要通过胶带粘贴到导光件8b上,导光件8b再通过胶带粘接到背板组件7b的中框或背板上,导致生产工序复杂,生产成本较高。Please refer to FIG. 16. In this solution, the optical film 2b and the diffuser plate 3b are also fixed in a fully bonded manner. The non-display area 11b of the display panel 1b is adhesively fixed to the optical film 2b. The fixing surface of the diffuser plate 3b needs to be pasted to the light guide 8b by adhesive tape, and the light guide 8b is then bonded to the middle frame or back plate of the back plate assembly 7b by adhesive tape, resulting in complicated production processes and higher production costs.
然而在该方案中,光学膜片2b内的膜片与膜片之间具有分层风险,容易导致显示面板1b与扩散板3b分离,从而影响显示边板1b的粘接可靠性,进而在结构的稳定性上留下隐患。However, in this solution, there is a risk of delamination between the film and the film in the optical film 2b, which easily leads to the separation of the display panel 1b and the diffuser 3b, which affects the bonding reliability of the display side plate 1b. Leaving hidden dangers on the stability of the.
发光光源10b通常设置在背板组件7b上。受导光件8b透光度的影响,发光光源10b排布需要尽量靠近显示区12b边界,以改善显示面的主观暗影问题,故背板组件7b及显示装置整体在外观上通常都是直角外观,使得外观不够美观。The light source 10b is usually arranged on the back plate assembly 7b. Affected by the transmittance of the light guide 8b, the arrangement of the light-emitting light sources 10b should be as close as possible to the boundary of the display area 12b to improve the subjective dark shadow problem of the display surface. Therefore, the overall appearance of the backplane assembly 7b and the display device is usually a right-angled appearance , Which makes the appearance not beautiful enough.
在本方案中,同样采用透明UV胶水进行粘接,在透明UV胶水处具有透光问题。目前通常使用遮光胶带9b在侧方贴附的方式来进行遮光,但遮光胶带9b在长期使用中容易因脱落或开胶,因此仍存在透光风险。In this solution, transparent UV glue is also used for bonding, and there is a problem of light transmission at the transparent UV glue. At present, the light-shielding tape 9b is usually attached to the side for light-shielding, but the light-shielding tape 9b is likely to fall off or open during long-term use, so there is still a risk of light transmission.
图17是本申请一实施例显示装置的剖视图。图18是图17的布局放大结构示意图。图19是图18中A区域的放大结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of a display device according to an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure of the layout of FIG. 17. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of an enlarged structure of area A in FIG. 18.
请参阅图17至图19,本申请实施例提供的显示装置主要包括显示面板1、光学膜片2、扩散板3、透明胶线4、遮光胶线5、透明胶层6及背板组件7。Referring to FIGS. 17 to 19, the display device provided by the embodiment of the present application mainly includes a display panel 1, an optical film 2, a diffusion plate 3, a transparent glue line 4, a light-shielding glue line 5, a transparent glue layer 6 and a back plate assembly 7. .
其中,显示面板1的正面为显示面,用于显示图像,为便于表述,显示面板1的显示面所在方向为前侧方向,显示面板1的与显示面相背的方向即为后侧方向。显示面板1包括显示区12和位于显示区12周边的非显示区11,非显示区11即为BM区。The front of the display panel 1 is a display surface for displaying images. For ease of description, the direction of the display surface of the display panel 1 is the front direction, and the direction opposite to the display surface of the display panel 1 is the rear direction. The display panel 1 includes a display area 12 and a non-display area 11 located around the display area 12, and the non-display area 11 is a BM area.
在一些实施例中,显示面板1的周侧,并位于非显示区11的外侧壁上设有侧封胶13。侧封胶13能够对非显示区11进行遮光,以有效地防止显示面板1中的光线从非显示区11的侧部进行透光。In some embodiments, a side sealant 13 is provided on the peripheral side of the display panel 1 and on the outer side wall of the non-display area 11. The side sealant 13 can shield the non-display area 11 from light, so as to effectively prevent the light in the display panel 1 from transmitting light from the side of the non-display area 11.
光学膜片2平行地设于显示面板1的背侧,光学膜片2包括至少一层,在本申请某些实施例中,光学膜片2包括两层膜片,具体为棱镜片和增亮膜;在本申请另一些实施例中,光学膜片3包括三层膜片,具体为扩散片、棱镜片和增亮片;当光学膜片包括两层以上膜 片时,膜片与膜片之间通过面贴合的方式粘合固定在一起。扩散板3采用面贴合的方式贴设于光学膜片2的背侧。显示面板1、光学膜片2及扩散板3之间相互平行并形成一个整体,可以使显示面板1、光学膜片2及扩散板3连接后的整体厚度较薄。The optical film 2 is arranged in parallel on the back side of the display panel 1. The optical film 2 includes at least one layer. In some embodiments of the present application, the optical film 2 includes two films, specifically a prism film and a brightness enhancement film. Film; In some other embodiments of the present application, the optical film 3 includes a three-layer film, specifically a diffuser, a prism film, and a brightness enhancement film; when the optical film includes two or more films, the film and the film They are glued and fixed together by surface bonding. The diffuser plate 3 is pasted on the back side of the optical film 2 in a surface bonding method. The display panel 1, the optical film 2 and the diffusion plate 3 are parallel to each other and form a whole, which can make the overall thickness of the display panel 1, the optical film 2 and the diffusion plate 3 thinner after being connected.
请参阅图19,光学膜片2的尺寸大于显示面板1的显示区12的尺寸。光学膜片2的外边界位于非显示区11的内边界和外边界之间。即光学膜片2的外边界超出显示区12的外边界,但仍在非显示区11的外边界以内。光学膜片2的外边界在显示区12的外边界以外,可以有效地代替导光件8,起到一定散光的作用,进而解决显示区12边界的暗影问题。Please refer to FIG. 19, the size of the optical film 2 is larger than the size of the display area 12 of the display panel 1. The outer boundary of the optical film 2 is located between the inner boundary and the outer boundary of the non-display area 11. That is, the outer boundary of the optical film 2 exceeds the outer boundary of the display area 12, but is still within the outer boundary of the non-display area 11. The outer boundary of the optical film 2 is outside the outer boundary of the display area 12, which can effectively replace the light guide 8 and play a role of astigmatism, thereby solving the problem of shadow on the boundary of the display area 12.
扩散板3的尺寸大于光学膜片2的尺寸。扩散板3的外边界超出光学膜片2的外边界,以使扩散板3超出光学膜片2外边界的区域,能够与显示面板1的非显示区11相连,进而使显示面板1能够与扩散板3采用框贴的方式直接相连,将光学膜片2夹设在显示面板1与扩散板3之间,以解决因光学膜片2的分层问题所带来的显示面板1的粘接可靠性问题。同时,因扩散板3的尺寸大于光学膜片2的尺寸,故扩散板3的外边界也能够在显示区12的外边界以外,也可以有效地代替导光件8,起到一定散光的作用,进一步解决显示区12边界的暗影问题。The size of the diffusion plate 3 is larger than the size of the optical film 2. The outer boundary of the diffuser plate 3 exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film 2, so that the diffuser plate 3 extends beyond the outer boundary of the optical film 2 and can be connected to the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1, thereby enabling the display panel 1 to interact with the diffuser The board 3 is directly connected by frame bonding, and the optical film 2 is sandwiched between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 to solve the reliable adhesion of the display panel 1 caused by the delamination problem of the optical film 2 Sexual issues. At the same time, because the size of the diffuser 3 is larger than the size of the optical film 2, the outer boundary of the diffuser 3 can also be outside the outer boundary of the display area 12, and it can also effectively replace the light guide 8 to play a role of astigmatism. , To further solve the problem of shadow on the border of the display area 12.
透明胶线4呈长条状,并沿边设于光学膜片2的周边外侧,且透明胶线4贴设于非显示区11的背面与扩散板3之间,以用于使显示面板1的非显示区11直接粘接在扩散板3上,实现显示面板1与扩散板3的固定相连,即显示面板1可通过透明胶线4与扩散板3实现框贴连接。同时透明胶线4能够透光,也能够代替导光件8,起到一定散光的作用,可帮助解决显示区12边界的暗影问题。透明胶线4可采用透明UV胶,其能够在UV灯的照射下快速固化。同时透明UV胶流动性较强,即使在显示面板1与扩散板3的按压下扩散,进入显示面板1的显示区12,因胶体透明,也不会影响显示区12的显示性能。The transparent glue line 4 is elongated and is arranged on the outer periphery of the optical film 2 along the edge, and the transparent glue line 4 is pasted between the back of the non-display area 11 and the diffuser 3 for making the display panel 1 The non-display area 11 is directly adhered to the diffuser 3 to realize the fixed connection between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3, that is, the display panel 1 can be connected to the diffuser 3 through the transparent glue line 4 to realize the frame attachment. At the same time, the transparent glue line 4 can transmit light, and can also replace the light guide 8 to play a role of astigmatism, which can help solve the problem of shadow on the boundary of the display area 12. The transparent glue line 4 can be a transparent UV glue, which can be cured quickly under the irradiation of a UV lamp. At the same time, the transparent UV glue has strong fluidity. Even if it spreads under the pressure of the display panel 1 and the diffusion plate 3, and enters the display area 12 of the display panel 1, the glue is transparent and will not affect the display performance of the display area 12.
遮光胶线5呈长条状,并沿透明胶线4的延伸方向贴设于透明胶线4的外侧。遮光胶线5能够遮挡在显示面板1与扩散板3之间的间隙中经透明胶线4向外射出的光线,以起到遮光的作用,并有效地解决透明胶线4透光的问题。同时遮光胶线5能够辅助透明胶线4,使显示面板1的非显示区11能够更加稳固地粘接在扩散板3上,提升显示面板1与扩散板3相连的牢固性。The light-shielding glue line 5 has a long strip shape and is attached to the outside of the transparent glue line 4 along the extending direction of the transparent glue line 4. The light-shielding glue line 5 can shield the light emitted from the transparent glue line 4 in the gap between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 to play a role in shielding light and effectively solve the problem of light transmission of the transparent glue line 4. At the same time, the light-shielding glue line 5 can assist the transparent glue line 4, so that the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1 can be more firmly bonded to the diffuser 3, and the connection between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 is improved.
透明胶层6贴设在扩散板3的背侧,并位于扩散板3的周沿。背板组件7上具有第一承载部701,扩散板3的周沿通过透明胶层6粘接在背板组件7的第一承载部701上,即采用框贴的方式,实现扩散板3与背板组件7的粘接固定。因光学膜片2和扩散板3的外边界均在显示面板1的显示区12的外边界以外,故透明胶层6可代替导光件8起到散光的作用,并有效地解决显示面边界的暗影问题。透明胶层6可采用透明UV胶。The transparent glue layer 6 is attached to the back side of the diffuser plate 3 and is located on the periphery of the diffuser plate 3. The back plate assembly 7 has a first bearing portion 701, and the peripheral edge of the diffuser plate 3 is bonded to the first bearing portion 701 of the back plate assembly 7 through a transparent adhesive layer 6. Adhesive and fixation of the back plate assembly 7. Since the outer boundaries of the optical film 2 and the diffuser 3 are outside the outer boundary of the display area 12 of the display panel 1, the transparent adhesive layer 6 can replace the light guide 8 to play the role of astigmatism, and effectively solve the display surface boundary The shadow problem. Transparent UV glue can be used for the transparent glue layer 6.
请参阅图19,在一些实施例中,扩散板3和遮光胶线5的外侧还贴设有遮光胶带9。遮光胶带9位于显示面板1的周侧,遮光胶带9能够包覆遮光胶线5和扩散板3的外侧壁,可进一步有效地遮挡光线,防止光线从侧部透出。Please refer to FIG. 19, in some embodiments, a light-shielding tape 9 is attached to the outside of the diffuser 3 and the light-shielding glue line 5. The light-shielding tape 9 is located on the peripheral side of the display panel 1. The light-shielding tape 9 can cover the light-shielding glue line 5 and the outer side wall of the diffuser 3, which can further effectively block the light and prevent the light from leaking from the side.
请参阅图18和图19,在一些实施例中,背板组件7设于显示面板1的后侧,用于为显示面板1及扩散板3等提供安装空间及进行结构支撑。Referring to FIGS. 18 and 19, in some embodiments, the back plate assembly 7 is provided on the rear side of the display panel 1 to provide installation space and structural support for the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3, etc.
背板组件7主要包括背板71和中框72。背板71间隔地设于显示面板1及扩散板3的后侧。中框72设于背板71的周边,并且中框72与背板71连接形成有一容置腔,发光光源10b可以排布在背板71上,并位于容置腔内部。发光光源10b可采用如LED进行排布。The back plate assembly 7 mainly includes a back plate 71 and a middle frame 72. The back plate 71 is provided on the rear side of the display panel 1 and the diffuser plate 3 at intervals. The middle frame 72 is disposed on the periphery of the back plate 71, and the middle frame 72 is connected with the back plate 71 to form a containing cavity, and the light-emitting light sources 10b can be arranged on the back plate 71 and located inside the containing cavity. The light-emitting light source 10b can be arranged using, for example, LEDs.
中框72上具有第一承载部701,第一承载部701位于中框72的前端面上。即透明胶层6设于中框72的前端面上,扩散板3的周沿通过透明胶层6粘接在中框72的第一承载部701上。The middle frame 72 has a first bearing portion 701, and the first bearing portion 701 is located on the front end surface of the middle frame 72. That is, the transparent adhesive layer 6 is provided on the front end surface of the middle frame 72, and the peripheral edge of the diffuser plate 3 is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 of the middle frame 72 through the transparent adhesive layer 6.
在上述显示面边界的暗影问题被解决后,可以使LED的排布向容置腔内部延伸。故中框72可由背板71的边缘弯折并斜向前延伸形成,即中框72的截面可形成斜面结构,以更好地提升显示装置的外观,可实现对显示装置外观的优化,此时LED仍排布在背板71上。After the above-mentioned dark shadow problem at the boundary of the display surface is solved, the arrangement of the LEDs can be extended to the inside of the accommodating cavity. Therefore, the middle frame 72 can be formed by bending the edge of the back plate 71 and extending obliquely forward, that is, the cross section of the middle frame 72 can form a slope structure to better improve the appearance of the display device, and optimize the appearance of the display device. At this time, the LEDs are still arranged on the back plate 71.
可以理解的是,背板71和中框72可采用相互可拆卸的连接结构,也可以采用一体成型结构。当背板71和中框72一体成型时,即相当于只有背板71而缺省中框72的结构,此时,第一承载部701设于背板71上,扩散板3的周沿通过透明胶层6粘接在背板71的第一承载部701上。It is understandable that the back plate 71 and the middle frame 72 may adopt a mutually detachable connection structure, or may adopt an integrally formed structure. When the back plate 71 and the middle frame 72 are integrally formed, it is equivalent to the structure of only the back plate 71 and the middle frame 72 is defaulted. At this time, the first bearing portion 701 is provided on the back plate 71, and the periphery of the diffuser plate 3 passes The transparent adhesive layer 6 is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 of the back plate 71.
在一些实施例中,背板组件7包括外框73。外框73包覆在中框72的外侧或背板71边缘的外侧。同时外框73能够延伸至扩散板3及显示面板1的周侧,以对扩散板3及显示面板1进行有效地防护。此外,外框73能够将遮光胶带9夹设在显示面板1与外框73之间,有效地防止遮光胶带9脱落或布局开胶。In some embodiments, the back plate assembly 7 includes an outer frame 73. The outer frame 73 is wrapped around the outside of the middle frame 72 or the edge of the back plate 71. At the same time, the outer frame 73 can extend to the periphery of the diffuser 3 and the display panel 1 to effectively protect the diffuser 3 and the display panel 1. In addition, the outer frame 73 can sandwich the light-shielding tape 9 between the display panel 1 and the outer frame 73, which effectively prevents the light-shielding tape 9 from falling off or the layout is glued.
图20是本申请实施例的显示面板1的第二种粘接结构示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the second bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to the embodiment of the present application.
本实施例的显示面板1的粘接结构与图21中显示面板1的粘接结构基本相同,区别在于遮光胶线5的结构及分布位置不同。The bonding structure of the display panel 1 of this embodiment is basically the same as the bonding structure of the display panel 1 in FIG. 21, except that the structure and distribution positions of the light-shielding glue lines 5 are different.
本实施例中,遮光胶线5与透明胶线4并排地设于显示面板1的非显示区11的背面。即遮光胶线5和透明胶线4均夹设在非显示区11与扩散板3之间。In this embodiment, the light-shielding glue line 5 and the transparent glue line 4 are arranged side by side on the back of the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1. That is, the light-shielding glue line 5 and the transparent glue line 4 are both sandwiched between the non-display area 11 and the diffuser 3.
遮光胶线5可采用不透光的UV胶,不透光的UV胶在UV灯的照射下,能够快速固化,并能够部分压合于显示面板1自带的侧封胶13与扩散板3之间,以使遮光胶线5与显示面板1自带的侧封胶13衔接固定,共同对显示面板1及透明胶线4的侧部进行遮光,并能够增加显示面板1与扩散板3之间连接的牢固性。The light-shielding glue line 5 can use opaque UV glue. The opaque UV glue can be cured quickly under the irradiation of UV lamps, and can be partially pressed on the side sealing glue 13 and the diffuser 3 of the display panel 1 In between, the light-shielding glue line 5 and the side sealant 13 of the display panel 1 are connected and fixed to jointly shield the sides of the display panel 1 and the transparent glue line 4, and can increase the gap between the display panel 1 and the diffuser 3 The firmness of the connection.
遮光胶线5可采用黑色UV胶,也可以根据需要设置其他颜色并能够进行遮光的UV胶,以丰富显示面板1的外观。The light-shielding glue line 5 can be black UV glue, or UV glue of other colors and capable of shading can be set as needed to enrich the appearance of the display panel 1.
透明胶线4相对于遮光胶线5更靠近显示区12,透明胶线4可部分浸入显示区12,但并不影响显示区12的显示性能。The transparent glue line 4 is closer to the display area 12 than the light-shielding glue line 5. The transparent glue line 4 can be partially immersed in the display area 12, but the display performance of the display area 12 is not affected.
透明胶线4经照射固化后还可以起到围坝的作用,以防止黑色的遮光胶线5或其他颜色的遮光胶线5渗透进显示区12内,影响显示性能。The transparent glue line 4 can also function as a dam after being irradiated and cured to prevent black light-shielding glue lines 5 or other colors of light-shielding glue lines 5 from penetrating into the display area 12 and affecting display performance.
图21是本申请实施例的显示面板1的第三种粘接结构示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a third bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
本实施例的显示面板1的粘接结构与图19中显示面板1的粘接结构基本相同,区别在于遮光胶线5的结构及分布位置不同。The bonding structure of the display panel 1 of this embodiment is basically the same as the bonding structure of the display panel 1 in FIG.
本实施例中,遮光胶线5采用侧喷的方式,侧喷在透明胶线4的外侧,以形成遮光涂层。遮光涂层并排地贴设于透明胶线4的外侧。遮光涂层可采用热熔胶,热熔胶在加热后可以喷射到透明胶线4外侧,冷却后即可快速固化。In this embodiment, the light-shielding glue line 5 adopts a side spray method, which is sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line 4 to form a light-shielding coating. The light-shielding coatings are pasted side by side on the outside of the transparent glue line 4. The light-shielding coating can be hot-melt adhesive, and the hot-melt adhesive can be sprayed to the outside of the transparent glue line 4 after heating, and it can be quickly solidified after cooling.
透明胶线4位于非显示区11,起到粘接作用。而遮光涂层覆盖在透明胶线4的外侧,主要起到遮光的作用。The transparent glue line 4 is located in the non-display area 11 and plays a role of bonding. The light-shielding coating covers the outer side of the transparent glue line 4, and mainly plays a role of shading.
在一些实施例中,遮光涂层的前端部分延伸至显示面板1的侧封胶13上,遮光涂层的后端能够延伸包覆至扩散板3的外侧壁以及透明胶层6的外侧,进而配合侧封胶13对显示面板1、透明胶线4、扩散板3及透明胶层6的外侧进行全覆盖遮光,进而提升显示装置的侧部遮光效果,有利于缺省遮光胶带9和外框73,以简化显示装置的结构及工艺,以利于制备无边框的显示装置。In some embodiments, the front end of the light-shielding coating extends to the side sealant 13 of the display panel 1, and the rear end of the light-shielding coating can extend to cover the outer sidewall of the diffuser 3 and the outer side of the transparent adhesive layer 6, and then Cooperate with the side sealant 13 to fully cover the outside of the display panel 1, the transparent glue line 4, the diffuser 3 and the transparent glue layer 6, thereby improving the side shading effect of the display device, which is beneficial to the default shading tape 9 and the outer frame 73. To simplify the structure and process of the display device to facilitate the preparation of a borderless display device.
图22是本申请实施例的显示面板1的第四种粘接结构示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the fourth bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to the embodiment of the present application.
本实施例的显示装置与图21中显示装置的基本结构相似,区别在于背板组件7的结构不同以及显示面板1的粘接结构不同。The basic structure of the display device of this embodiment is similar to that of the display device in FIG. 21, except that the structure of the backplane assembly 7 is different and the adhesive structure of the display panel 1 is different.
背板组件7具有第一承载部701和凸设于第一承载部701前侧的第二承载部702。第一承载部701与第二承载部702之间形成有台阶结构。需要说明的是,该第一承载部701和第二承载部702可以设置在中框72上,也可以直接设置在背板71上。The back plate assembly 7 has a first supporting portion 701 and a second supporting portion 702 protruding from the front side of the first supporting portion 701. A step structure is formed between the first supporting portion 701 and the second supporting portion 702. It should be noted that the first bearing portion 701 and the second bearing portion 702 may be provided on the middle frame 72 or directly on the back plate 71.
扩散板3的周边粘接于该台阶结构上,并通过扩散板3的固定面通过透明胶层6粘接在第一承载部701上。因扩散板3和光学膜片2的外边界均位于显示区12的外测,故仍可使用透明胶层6代替导光件8,以解决显示区12的暗影问题。The periphery of the diffuser plate 3 is adhered to the step structure, and is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 through the transparent adhesive layer 6 through the fixing surface of the diffuser plate 3. Since the outer boundaries of the diffuser 3 and the optical film 2 are located outside the display area 12, the transparent adhesive layer 6 can still be used instead of the light guide 8 to solve the problem of dark shadows in the display area 12.
扩散板3的外边界在非显示区11的外边界以内,以使背板组件7的第二承载部702能够伸入分布于非显示区11的背侧。当透明胶线4粘结于非显示区11的背面与扩散板3之间时,部分透明胶线4能够粘接于非显示区11的背面与第二承载部702之间;进而使显示面板1的非显示区11同时粘接在扩散板3和背板组件7上,以提高显示面板1的粘接牢固性。The outer boundary of the diffusion plate 3 is within the outer boundary of the non-display area 11, so that the second supporting portion 702 of the back plate assembly 7 can extend into and distribute on the back side of the non-display area 11. When the transparent glue line 4 is bonded between the back surface of the non-display area 11 and the diffuser 3, a part of the transparent glue line 4 can be bonded between the back surface of the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702; thereby making the display panel The non-display area 11 of 1 is bonded to the diffuser 3 and the back plate assembly 7 at the same time, so as to improve the bonding firmness of the display panel 1.
遮光胶线5采用喷涂的形式喷射在透明胶线4的外侧,以形成遮光涂层,实现对透明胶线4的遮光功能。The light-shielding glue line 5 is sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line 4 in the form of spraying to form a light-shielding coating to realize the light-shielding function of the transparent glue line 4.
在本实施例中,遮光涂层的前端一部分粘接至非显示区11的背面,一部分粘接至显示面板1外侧的侧封胶13。遮光涂层的后端粘接至第二承载部702。侧封胶13、遮光涂层及背板组件7的台阶结构配合,能够共同对显示面板1、透明胶线4、扩散板3及透明胶层6的外侧进行全覆盖遮光,进而提升显示装置的侧部遮光效果。In this embodiment, a part of the front end of the light-shielding coating is bonded to the back of the non-display area 11, and a part is bonded to the side sealant 13 on the outside of the display panel 1. The rear end of the light-shielding coating is bonded to the second supporting portion 702. The side sealant 13, the light-shielding coating, and the stepped structure of the back plate assembly 7 can work together to fully cover the outside of the display panel 1, the transparent glue line 4, the diffuser 3 and the transparent glue layer 6, thereby improving the display device’s performance Side shading effect.
图23是本申请实施例的显示面板1的第五种粘接结构示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a fifth bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
本实施例的显示装置中的背板组件7与图22中显示装置的背板组件7的结构相似,区别在于本实施例的显示装置仅解决遮光问题,故扩散板3与背板组件7之间仍采用导光件8进行连接的方案。The structure of the backplane assembly 7 in the display device of this embodiment is similar to that of the backplane assembly 7 of the display device in FIG. 22. The difference is that the display device of this embodiment only solves the problem of shading. The light guide 8 is still used for connection between the two.
在本实施例中,背板组件7具有第一承载部701和凸设于第一承载部701前侧的第二承载部702。扩散板3的周边通过导光件8粘接在背板组件7的第一承载部701上。In this embodiment, the back plate assembly 7 has a first supporting portion 701 and a second supporting portion 702 protruding from the front side of the first supporting portion 701. The periphery of the diffuser plate 3 is adhered to the first supporting portion 701 of the back plate assembly 7 through the light guide 8.
透明胶线4贴设于非显示区11的背面与背板组件7的第二承载部702之间。遮光胶线5并排贴设在透明胶线4的外侧,且遮光胶线5同样贴设于非显示区11的背面与背板组件7的第二承载部702之间。透明胶线4采用透明UV胶,遮光胶线5采用黑色UV胶或其他颜色的遮光UV胶。The transparent glue line 4 is attached between the back of the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702 of the backplane assembly 7. The light-shielding glue lines 5 are attached to the outside of the transparent glue lines 4 side by side, and the light-shielding glue lines 5 are also attached between the back surface of the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702 of the back plate assembly 7. The transparent glue line 4 is made of transparent UV glue, and the shading glue line 5 is made of black UV glue or other colors of shading UV glue.
遮光胶线5能够部分延伸粘接至显示面板1外侧的侧封胶13,以使侧封胶13、遮光胶线5能够与背板组件7的台阶结构配合,共同对显示面板1、透明胶线4、扩散板3及导光件8的外侧进行全覆盖遮光,进而解决显示装置的侧部透光问题。The light-shielding glue line 5 can be partially extended and adhered to the side sealing glue 13 on the outside of the display panel 1, so that the side sealing glue 13 and the light-shielding glue line 5 can cooperate with the step structure of the back plate assembly 7 to jointly align the display panel 1, the transparent glue The wires 4, the diffuser 3 and the light guide 8 are fully covered and shielded from light, thereby solving the problem of light transmission at the side of the display device.
图24是本申请实施例的显示面板1的第六种粘接结构示意图。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a sixth bonding structure of the display panel 1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
本实施例的显示装置与图23中显示装置的结构基本相同,区别在于遮光胶线5的结构及分布位置不同。The structure of the display device of this embodiment is basically the same as that of the display device in FIG. 23, except that the structure and the distribution position of the light-shielding glue line 5 are different.
本实施例中,遮光胶线5采用热熔胶,以侧喷的方式喷射在透明胶线4的外侧,形成遮光涂层。遮光涂层并排地贴设于透明胶线4的外侧。In this embodiment, the light-shielding glue line 5 uses hot melt glue, which is sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line 4 in a side spray manner to form a light-shielding coating. The light-shielding coatings are pasted side by side on the outside of the transparent glue line 4.
透明胶线4位于非显示区11与背板组件7的第二承载部702之间,起到粘接作用。而遮光涂层覆盖在透明胶线4的外侧,主要起到遮光的作用,也能够在一定程度上辅助透明胶线4,将显示面板1的非显示区11粘接在背板组件7上。The transparent glue line 4 is located between the non-display area 11 and the second supporting portion 702 of the back plate assembly 7 to serve as an adhesive. The light-shielding coating covers the outer side of the transparent glue line 4 and mainly plays a role of shading. It can also assist the transparent glue line 4 to a certain extent to bond the non-display area 11 of the display panel 1 to the back plate assembly 7.
图25是本申请实施例的扩散板3和光学膜片2的结构示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2 of the embodiment of the present application.
请参阅图25所示,扩散板3和光学膜片2可先采用全贴合的方式,使扩散板3和光学膜片2贴合固定为一体。再沿着扩散板3的周缘裁切掉部分的光学膜片2,以在光学膜片2的边沿处形成裁切区201,进而可使扩散板3的外边界超出光学膜片2的外边界,并能够简化扩散板3和光学膜片2的贴合工艺,同时提高扩散板3和光学膜片2之间的贴合精度。Please refer to FIG. 25, the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2 can be fully bonded first, so that the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2 are bonded and fixed as a whole. Then cut off part of the optical film 2 along the periphery of the diffuser plate 3 to form a cutting area 201 at the edge of the optical film 2 so that the outer boundary of the diffuser plate 3 can exceed the outer boundary of the optical film 2 , And can simplify the bonding process of the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2, and at the same time improve the bonding accuracy between the diffuser plate 3 and the optical film 2.
由上述技术方案可知,本申请实施例至少具有如下优点和积极效果:It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the embodiments of the present application have at least the following advantages and positive effects:
本申请实施例的显示装置中,利用透明胶线4与遮光胶线5配合,透明胶线4靠近显示面板1的显示区12,不影响显示面板1的显示性能;透明胶线4起到围坝的作用,能够避免遮光胶线5渗入显示区12;遮光胶线5位于透明胶线4外侧,起到遮光的作用,能够有效地降低显示装置的透光风险。In the display device of the embodiment of the present application, the transparent glue line 4 is used to cooperate with the light-shielding glue line 5. The transparent glue line 4 is close to the display area 12 of the display panel 1, and does not affect the display performance of the display panel 1; The function of the dam can prevent the light-shielding glue line 5 from penetrating into the display area 12; the light-shielding glue line 5 is located outside the transparent glue line 4 and plays a role of shielding light, which can effectively reduce the risk of light transmission of the display device.
虽然已参照几个典型实施方式描述了本申请,但应当理解,所用的术语是说明和示例性、而非限制性的术语。由于本申请能够以多种形式具体实施而不脱离发明的精神或实质,所以应当理解,上述实施方式不限于任何前述的细节,而应在随附权利要求所限定的精神和范围内广泛地解释,因此落入权利要求或其等效范围内的全部变化和改型都应为随附权利要求所涵盖。Although this application has been described with reference to several exemplary embodiments, it should be understood that the terms used are illustrative and exemplary rather than restrictive. Since this application can be implemented in various forms without departing from the spirit or essence of the invention, it should be understood that the above-mentioned embodiments are not limited to any of the foregoing details, but should be interpreted broadly within the spirit and scope defined by the appended claims. Therefore, all changes and modifications falling within the scope of the claims or their equivalents shall be covered by the appended claims.

Claims (11)

  1. 一种显示装置,其特征在于,包括:A display device, characterized in that it comprises:
    显示面板,其正面用于显示图像,所述显示面板包括显示区和位于显示区周边的非显示区;A display panel, the front of which is used to display images, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area;
    透明胶线,其沿所述显示面板的周边贴设于所述非显示区的背面,以使所述非显示区粘接在扩散板或背板组件上;及Transparent glue lines, which are pasted on the back of the non-display area along the periphery of the display panel, so that the non-display area is adhered to the diffuser or back plate assembly; and
    遮光胶线,其沿所述透明胶线的延伸方向贴设于所述透明胶线的外侧,所述遮光胶线能够遮挡经所述透明胶线向外射出的光线,并能够辅助所述透明胶线将所述非显示区粘接在扩散板或背板组件上。The light-shielding glue line is attached to the outside of the transparent glue line along the extending direction of the transparent glue line. The light-shielding glue line can block the light emitted from the transparent glue line and can assist the transparent The glue line adheres the non-display area to the diffuser plate or the back plate assembly.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述遮光胶线与所述透明胶线并排地贴设于所述非显示区的背面。3. The display device of claim 1, wherein the light-shielding glue line and the transparent glue line are attached to the back of the non-display area side by side.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述遮光胶线为喷涂在所述透明胶线外侧的遮光涂层。8. The display device of claim 1, wherein the light-shielding glue line is a light-shielding coating sprayed on the outside of the transparent glue line.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述透明胶线为透明UV胶,所述遮光胶线为黑色UV胶或热熔胶。8. The display device of claim 1, wherein the transparent glue line is transparent UV glue, and the light-shielding glue line is black UV glue or hot melt glue.
  5. 如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述显示装置还包括光学膜片和扩散板;5. The display device of claim 1, wherein the display device further comprises an optical film and a diffuser plate;
    所述光学膜片设于所述显示面板的背侧,且所述光学膜片的外边界位于所述非显示区的内边界和外边界之间;The optical film is arranged on the back side of the display panel, and the outer boundary of the optical film is located between the inner boundary and the outer boundary of the non-display area;
    所述扩散板贴设于所述光学膜片的背侧,且所述扩散板的外边界超出所述非显示区的外边界;The diffusion plate is attached to the back side of the optical film, and the outer boundary of the diffusion plate exceeds the outer boundary of the non-display area;
    所述透明胶线位于所述光学膜片的外侧,并贴设于所述非显示区与所述扩散板之间。The transparent glue line is located on the outer side of the optical film and is attached between the non-display area and the diffusion plate.
  6. 如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述显示装置还包括背板组件,所述背板组件上具有粘接面;8. The display device of claim 1, wherein the display device further comprises a backplane assembly, and the backplane assembly has an adhesive surface;
    所述透明胶线贴设于所述非显示区与所述粘接面之间。The transparent glue line is attached between the non-display area and the adhesive surface.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述背板组件包括背板,所述背板上具有所述粘接面;7. The display device of claim 6, wherein the backplane assembly comprises a backplane, and the backplane has the adhesive surface;
    所述非显示区通过所述透明胶线粘接在所述背板的粘接面上。The non-display area is bonded to the bonding surface of the back plate through the transparent glue line.
  8. 如权利要求6所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述背板组件包括中框,所述中框上具有所述粘接面;7. The display device of claim 6, wherein the backplane assembly comprises a middle frame, and the middle frame has the adhesive surface;
    所述非显示区通过所述透明胶线粘接在所述中框的粘接面上。The non-display area is bonded to the bonding surface of the middle frame through the transparent glue line.
  9. 如权利要求1所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述显示装置还包括遮光胶带;所述遮光胶带位于所述显示面板的周侧,并贴设于所述遮光胶线的外侧。8. The display device of claim 1, wherein the display device further comprises a light-shielding tape; the light-shielding tape is located on the peripheral side of the display panel and is attached to the outer side of the light-shielding glue line.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的显示装置,其特征在于,所述显示装置还包括外框,所述外框间隔地设于所述显示面板的周侧,所述遮光胶带夹设于所述示面板与所述外框之间。The display device of claim 9, wherein the display device further comprises an outer frame, the outer frame is arranged at intervals on the peripheral side of the display panel, and the light-shielding tape is sandwiched between the display panel Between and the outer frame.
  11. 一种显示装置,其特征在于,包括:A display device, characterized in that it comprises:
    显示面板,其正面用于显示图像,所述显示面板包括显示区和位于显示区周边的非显示区;A display panel, the front of which is used to display images, the display panel including a display area and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area;
    光学膜片,其设于所述显示面板的背侧,且所述光学膜片的外边界位于所述非显示区的内边界和外边界之间;An optical film, which is arranged on the back side of the display panel, and the outer boundary of the optical film is located between the inner boundary and the outer boundary of the non-display area;
    扩散板,其贴设于所述光学膜片的背侧,且所述扩散板的外边界超出所述光学膜片的外边界;及A diffuser plate, which is attached to the back side of the optical film, and the outer boundary of the diffuser plate exceeds the outer boundary of the optical film; and
    透明胶线,其位于所述光学膜片的外侧,并贴设于所述非显示区与所述扩散板之间。The transparent glue line is located on the outer side of the optical film and is attached between the non-display area and the diffusion plate.
PCT/CN2021/081261 2020-03-17 2021-03-17 Display device WO2021185270A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202020331016.1 2020-03-17
CN202020331016.1U CN211741785U (en) 2020-03-17 2020-03-17 Display device
CN202010246022.1 2020-03-31
CN202010246022.1A CN111413825A (en) 2020-03-31 2020-03-31 Display device
CN202120353964.X 2021-02-08
CN202120353579.5 2021-02-08
CN202120353964.XU CN214098025U (en) 2021-02-08 2021-02-08 Display device
CN202110172717.4 2021-02-08
CN202120353579.5U CN214098023U (en) 2021-02-08 2021-02-08 Display device
CN202110172717.4A CN114911091B (en) 2021-02-08 2021-02-08 Display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021185270A1 true WO2021185270A1 (en) 2021-09-23

Family

ID=77770158

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/081261 WO2021185270A1 (en) 2020-03-17 2021-03-17 Display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021185270A1 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113900295A (en) * 2021-09-30 2022-01-07 合肥惠科金扬科技有限公司 Frame assembly and display
CN114743474A (en) * 2021-11-18 2022-07-12 广东中强精英电子科技有限公司 Display device
CN114783304A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-07-22 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device and splicing display device
CN114967225A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-08-30 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 Display device
CN115097668A (en) * 2022-07-25 2022-09-23 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Backlight source diaphragm set preparation method, backlight module set and display structure
CN115113437A (en) * 2022-08-03 2022-09-27 奇瑞汽车股份有限公司 Vehicle-mounted display screen and vehicle
CN115167033A (en) * 2022-07-27 2022-10-11 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Backlight module, display device and splicing display device
CN115453758A (en) * 2022-09-20 2022-12-09 浙江至格科技有限公司 AR (augmented reality) lens, dispensing, laminating and edge sealing method of AR lens and AR glasses
CN115584219A (en) * 2022-10-13 2023-01-10 昆山国显光电有限公司 Bonding structure, preparation method thereof and foldable display module
CN115951516A (en) * 2022-12-08 2023-04-11 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Backlight module and display device
CN116224641A (en) * 2023-02-28 2023-06-06 厦门天马微电子有限公司 Display module and display device
WO2023231651A1 (en) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN203217201U (en) * 2013-03-27 2013-09-25 信利半导体有限公司 Liquid crystal display module
US20140085565A1 (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-03-27 Japan Display Inc. Liquid crystal display device
CN104456295A (en) * 2014-11-07 2015-03-25 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Backlight module and spraying jig
CN104777633A (en) * 2015-02-11 2015-07-15 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Adhesive tape, backlight module and liquid crystal display device
CN104834113A (en) * 2015-04-29 2015-08-12 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Narrow-frame liquid crystal display module
CN105301848A (en) * 2015-11-18 2016-02-03 苏州珏美光电材料科技有限公司 Liquid crystal display device
CN208255582U (en) * 2018-03-21 2018-12-18 信利光电股份有限公司 A kind of narrow frame liquid crystal display die set
CN111077692A (en) * 2018-10-22 2020-04-28 群创光电股份有限公司 Display device
CN111413825A (en) * 2020-03-31 2020-07-14 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device
CN211741785U (en) * 2020-03-17 2020-10-23 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140085565A1 (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-03-27 Japan Display Inc. Liquid crystal display device
CN203217201U (en) * 2013-03-27 2013-09-25 信利半导体有限公司 Liquid crystal display module
CN104456295A (en) * 2014-11-07 2015-03-25 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Backlight module and spraying jig
CN104777633A (en) * 2015-02-11 2015-07-15 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Adhesive tape, backlight module and liquid crystal display device
CN104834113A (en) * 2015-04-29 2015-08-12 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Narrow-frame liquid crystal display module
CN105301848A (en) * 2015-11-18 2016-02-03 苏州珏美光电材料科技有限公司 Liquid crystal display device
CN208255582U (en) * 2018-03-21 2018-12-18 信利光电股份有限公司 A kind of narrow frame liquid crystal display die set
CN111077692A (en) * 2018-10-22 2020-04-28 群创光电股份有限公司 Display device
CN211741785U (en) * 2020-03-17 2020-10-23 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device
CN111413825A (en) * 2020-03-31 2020-07-14 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Display device

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113900295B (en) * 2021-09-30 2024-04-12 合肥惠科金扬科技有限公司 Frame component and display
CN113900295A (en) * 2021-09-30 2022-01-07 合肥惠科金扬科技有限公司 Frame assembly and display
CN114743474A (en) * 2021-11-18 2022-07-12 广东中强精英电子科技有限公司 Display device
CN114822299A (en) * 2021-11-18 2022-07-29 广东中强精英电子科技有限公司 Display device
CN114743474B (en) * 2021-11-18 2023-09-22 广东中强精英电子科技有限公司 Display device
CN114822299B (en) * 2021-11-18 2023-09-22 广东中强精英电子科技有限公司 Display device
CN114967225A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-08-30 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 Display device
CN114783304A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-07-22 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device and splicing display device
CN114783304B (en) * 2022-04-25 2023-11-07 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device and spliced display device
WO2023231651A1 (en) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device
CN115097668B (en) * 2022-07-25 2023-08-25 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Backlight source diaphragm group preparation method, backlight module and display structure
CN115097668A (en) * 2022-07-25 2022-09-23 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Backlight source diaphragm set preparation method, backlight module set and display structure
CN115167033B (en) * 2022-07-27 2023-10-13 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Backlight module, display device and spliced display device
CN115167033A (en) * 2022-07-27 2022-10-11 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Backlight module, display device and splicing display device
WO2024022125A1 (en) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-01 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Backlight module, display device and assembled display device
CN115113437A (en) * 2022-08-03 2022-09-27 奇瑞汽车股份有限公司 Vehicle-mounted display screen and vehicle
CN115113437B (en) * 2022-08-03 2024-05-14 奇瑞汽车股份有限公司 Vehicle-mounted display screen and vehicle
CN115453758A (en) * 2022-09-20 2022-12-09 浙江至格科技有限公司 AR (augmented reality) lens, dispensing, laminating and edge sealing method of AR lens and AR glasses
CN115584219A (en) * 2022-10-13 2023-01-10 昆山国显光电有限公司 Bonding structure, preparation method thereof and foldable display module
CN115584219B (en) * 2022-10-13 2024-01-30 昆山国显光电有限公司 Bonding structure, preparation method thereof and foldable display module
CN115951516A (en) * 2022-12-08 2023-04-11 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Backlight module and display device
CN116224641A (en) * 2023-02-28 2023-06-06 厦门天马微电子有限公司 Display module and display device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021185270A1 (en) Display device
US10698260B2 (en) Liquid crystal display (LCD) device
US9395572B2 (en) Display apparatus
US20120106197A1 (en) Flat Panel Display Structure and Manufacturing Method Thereof
KR101320854B1 (en) Liquid Crystal Display
CN210514884U (en) Light emitting diode lamp strip, backlight module and display device
WO2011132515A1 (en) Illumination device and display device
WO2016183902A1 (en) Backlight module and liquid crystal display device
CN111413825A (en) Display device
CN211741785U (en) Display device
CN204389830U (en) A kind of liquid crystal module and liquid crystal indicator
WO2023160643A1 (en) Display module and display device
KR20150041324A (en) Light guide plate and backlight assembly comprising thereof
KR20090128693A (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP2006259750A (en) Liquid crystal display device
CN214098025U (en) Display device
CN115176197B (en) Optical film, backlight module and display device
CN209928188U (en) Display device
KR101878800B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
US20230146599A1 (en) Light-guiding plate assembly, backlight module and display device
US8395719B2 (en) Display device and light source block used therein
CN214098023U (en) Display device
WO2020107897A1 (en) Backlight module and display device thereof
WO2019184412A1 (en) Backlight module and liquid crystal display device
CN110133921B (en) Display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21771462

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21771462

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1